WOW! Catalogue World of Weller (R) Inhalt 2 Page 06 - Seite 219 Soldering, Microtools, Desoldering, Hot Air, Rework, Fume Extraction, Electronic Screwdrivers, Dispensing Systems, Accessories, etc. Page 220 - Seite 323 Tweezers, Cutters, Pliers, EROP, Stripping Tools, Kits, etc. Page 324 - Seite 341 Knives, Cutters, Screwdrivers, Kits, etc. 3 Content General Information Weller - trusted technology Heating Element Technology 6-7 8-9 Selection Tool for Soldering irons 10 - 11 Why Fume Extraction ? 92 - 93 Solutions for Fume Extraction - For clean air 94 - 95 Recommended treatment of Soldering Tips Soldering 6 - 11 154 - 155 Soldering Stations 12 - 41 WX Soldering Stations (Overview page 12 - 14) 12 - 19 Soldering Station (Overview page 20 - 22) 20 - 29 Special Applications Rework - For use with solder robots 30 - 33 - For use with inert gas 34 - 35 - Solder Feeder Systems 36 - 37 - Mobile Soldering 38 - 41 Rework 42 - 49 Soldering, Desoldering and Hot Air (Overview page Seite 42-45) Desoldering Soldering and Desoldering Stations (Overview page 50 - 53) 50 - 57 Hot Air Hot Air Stations (Overview page 58 - 61) 58 - 67 Repair BGA/QFP Repair 68 - 77 Accessories Accessories 78-91 Temperatur Measuring and Calibration 78 - 79 Preheating Plates 80 - 81 PCB Board Holders 82 - 83 Soldering Bathes 84 Thermal Stripping Tools 85 Manual Desoldering Pumps 86 Vacuum Pen / Solder Dispenser 87 Accessories Cleaning Tools Weller Overview Safety Rests Fume Extraction Fume Extraction (General Information page 92 - 94) Volume Extraction (Overview page 96 - 97) 132 92 - 131 96 - 105 Accessories 106 - 111 Accessories Installation 112 - 115 Accessories Filter 116 - 118 Pipe System 75 4 88 - 91 119 Tip Extraction (Overview page 120-121) 120 - 131 Accessories 124 - 125 Accessories Filter Pipe System 50 Fume Extraction Soldering Irons 126 - 127 127 Accessories Installation 128 - 129 Safety Rests 130 - 131 Soldering / Desoldering / Hot Air Irons 134 - 153 Soldering iron with different heating technologies Soldering Tips Active Tip 134 - 135 Fast Response 136 - 139 Silver Line 140 - 143 Magnastat Soldering Irons 144 - 145 Unregulated Line Voltage Soldering Irons 146 - 147 Desoldering Irons and Tweezers 148 - 151 Hot Air Irons 152 - 153 Soldering Tips 154 - 195 Soldering Tips (Overview page 156 - 157) 154 - 183 Nozzles (Overview page Seite 156 - 157) 184 - 187 Hot Air Nozzles (Overview page Seite 156 - 157) 188 - 194 Electric Electric Screwdrivers (Overview page 196 - 197) 196 - 211 Screwdrivers Control Unit Electric Screwdriver 200 201 Accessories 202 - 203 Bits and Knives 204 - 210 Dispensing Dispensers (Overview page 212 - 213) Systems Dispensers Wands Accessories / Needles 212 - 219 212 - 214 215 216 - 219 EREM Erem (Erem Index page 220) 220 - 323 Xcelite Xcelite 324 - 341 5 Weller - trusted technology Energy efficient soldering stations Energy saving Development of the magnastat soldering iron, the first controlled soldering iron First analog controlled soldering station 60 W First digital controlled soldering station Launch of stand-by and auto-off mode in soldering systems First intelligent soldering tools for energy-efficient works 7W 1960 70 80 90 00 10 Jahr Use of the latest mechanical and electronical technology Fast reaction and recovery time Automatic tool recognition, classification of parameter Micro processor controlled PID control Precise settings No calibration needed for Weller soldering units ESD Weller soldering stations dont need to be calibrated. Parts of the Weller heating element which determine the temperature have continuously the same physical material characteristics and do not change during use. Electronic control units do not wear out.Closed Temperature regulation loop and high quality sensor & control technology assure temperature stability of the soldering tool during its life time. According to IPC J-STD001 D and DIN EN 61191-1 If higher accuracy than these standards is required, fine adjustment is possible. ESD safe design and workplace. 6 Soldering Weller is unique All Weller soldering station (except WTCP and WSM 1C) are equipped with an unique possibility of an equipotential bonding. a) Hard grounded without plug (original delivery) b) Equipotential bonding: with plug, compensationg line on center contact c) Potential free: with plug d) Soft grounded: with plug and soldered resistor grounded via selected resistor 7 Heating Element Technology 3 Heating Element Technologies for outstanding soldering results... Weller Heating Element Technology in comparison Sensor position Silver Line" WSP 80/WP80 Fast Response" WP 120 Active Tips" WMRP Active-Tip Technology Optimal heat transfer and sensor technolgoy Fast and easy tip exchange Optimal reaction time Extremely short heat up time 100C/sec The optimum for soldering applications An optimal technology where heating element an sensor technology are integrated in the soldering tip. By lowering the soldering joint temperature a fast reaction time is given. These tools bring performance to the solder joint. Active Tip" Technology Heating element and soldering tip are one unit Optimal sensor technology and heat transfer 8 Soldering Fast-Response Technology Cost effective changeable soldering tips Maximum heat transfer Heating element with an optimized sensor position Fast reaction time The alternative These soldering tools are an alternative to the Active Tip Technology. Maximum performance and cost effective sodering tips. Fast response" Technology Tip design with shank adapted to the sensor position Sensor position (conical) optimized 30% faster Fast-Response Silver-Line Silver-Line Technology For universal applications Effective heat transfer Wide range of soldering tips Silver Line" Heating Technology High quality heating element core Cost effective soldering tips Performance C 350 300 250 200 150 comparison WP 80 14 sec. Standard soldering iron 45-55 sec. 100 50 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 SEC. 9 Selection Tool for Soldering irons High WXMP (WX 1/WX 2) WMRP (WD 1M) WXMP (WX 1/WX 2) WMRP (WD 1M) WXP 65 (WX 1/WX 2) WP 65 (*) Heat demand (W) Medium WXMP (WX 1/WX 2) WMRP (WD 1M) WXP 65 (WX 1/WX 2) WP 65 (*) WXP 65 (WX 1/WX 2) WP 65 (*) WP 80 (*) WSP 80 (*) WXP 65 (WX 1/WX 2) WP 65 (*) WP 80 (*) WSP 80 (*) Low Soldering surface (mm2) Small Medium = Required Tool = also usable 10 (*) = All stations from 80 W (except WX stations) Soldering Large WXP 120 (WX 1/WX 2) WP 120 (WD 1M) WXP 200 (WX 1/WX 2) WP 200 (WR 3M/WR 2) WXP 120 (WX 1/WX 2) WP 120 (WD 1M) WSP 150 (PUD 151/WR 3M/WR 2) WP 80 (*) WSP 80 (*) WXP 120 (WX 1/WX 2) WP 120 (WD 1M) WP 80 (*) WSP 80 (*) WXP 120 (WX 1/WX 2) WP 120 (WD 1M) Extra Large 11 Soldering Stations Unbelievable: This Weller workstation will save as much power as a single-person household uses in a whole year. Only 1 power unit needed - Benchtop Controller Easy monitoring of workplace - WX station is benchtop controller RS232 Connection for controlling the preheating plate and the fume extraction unit Digital and optical decoupled interface for SPS (e.g. robot applications) USB interface 12 Soldering Simpel and precise soldering processes Fast, intuitive and multi-langual touch screen handling Simultanuous operation of 2 tools with a max. performance of 255 W possible Constant, excellent soldering results by stabel contact pressure thanks to an optimized, spring-loaded barrel Save key data on the tool. Visual process control via blue LED light Protection of human beings and environment Weller Fume Extraction Systems protect operators from fine particles and gases. Energy effective by stand-by mode of the soldering units. Enlarged life time of products. . Cost- / Energy savings Cost effective soldering tips and low following costs for high efficient and constant energytransfer. Energy saving by stand-by respectively Auto-off mode. 13 Soldering Stations WX 1 WX 2 max. power supply 200 W Fast Response WXP 65 XNT Soldering tips WXP 120 XT Soldering tips max. power supply 200 W (255 W) Active Tip WXMP RT Soldering tips WXMT RTW Desoldering tips WXP 200 XHT Soldering tips Preheating plates Fume extraction WHP 1000 WHP 3000 600 W WHP 3000 1200 W WHP 200 200 W All products without lines can be connected to all soldering stations 14 WFE 2S WFE 4S WFE 20D Soldering Technical Data WX 1 WX 2 Dimension L x B x H 170 x 151 x 130 mm (6,69 x 5,94 x 5,12 inch) Weight ca. 3,2 kg Channels 1 Power supply 230 V | 50 Hz Power consumption 200 W Protection class Temperature range 200 W (255 W) I Adjustable 50-550 C (150-999 F); adjustable temperature range varies among tools Temperature accuracy 9 C ( 17 F) Temperature stability 2 C ( 4 F) Equipotentional bonding Via 3,5 mm pawl socket on back of device Material touch panel Made of antistatic coated material Dimensions touch panel 74 x 38 mm Resolution 255 x 127 (128) dots Display backlighting yes Equipotentional bonding 2 The 3.5 mm switch box offers four different options: a) Hard grounded without plug (original delivery) b) Equipotential bonding: with plug, compensationg line on center contact c) Potential free: with plug d) Soft grounded: with plug and soldered resistor grounded via selected resistor USB-interfaceUSB interface in front for firmware updates, parameterization and monitoring USB interface supports all standard USB flash drive types ESD safe yes Order-no. T005 34 176 99 yes T005 34 206 99 15 Soldering Stations Cost savings because only one power unit is needed for different applications Use as benchtop controller saves energy Lowering the running costs by enlarged tip lifetimes Reduction of rework due to optimized tool use and correct working temperature ESD safe ESD The Weller multi tool principle different tools can be connected to the power unit. The intelligent WX tools can be parameterized by means that the parameters are saved individually to the soldering tool. So these tools are connectable to every WX power unit. This saves a lot of time at the workplace. Intelligent power management allows a max. power of 200 W (255 W). A simultanuous use of different tools is possible. For your overview, all active tools can be seen in the display and a LED ringlight show the working status. 4 4 1 WX 2020 Set Power unit WX 2 with 2 channels, 2 soldering irons WXP 120 3 2 XT Soldering tip series page 162/163 Order-no. T005 34 216 99 Model WX 2020 Set Scope of supply: 1 T005 34 206 99 WX 2 2 T005 29 201 99 2 x WXP 120 3 T005 44 704 99 2 x XT B 4 T005 15 121 99 2 x WDH 10 16 Description Power unit with 2 channels 200 W / 230 V Power unit, 200 W (255 W) Soldering iron 120 W, 24 V with Fast Response Technolgy Standard tip XT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm Safety rest with brass wool Soldering 4 WX 2021 Set 7 1 Power unit WX 2 with 2 channels, soldering irons WXMP and tweezers WMRT 2 3 RT Soldering tip series page 158 6 Order-no. Model T005 34 226 99 WX 2021 Set Scope of supply: 1 T005 34 206 99 WX 2 2 T005 29 203 99 WXMP 3 T005 44 603 99 RT 3 4 T005 15 171 99 WDH 51 5 T005 13 177 99 WXMT 6 T005 44 652 99 RTW 2 7 T005 15 169 99 WDH 60 5 Description Power unit with 2 channels 200 W / 230 V Power unit, 200 W (255 W) Micro soldering iron 55 W, 12 V with Active Tip Technology Standard tip RT 3, Chisel 1,3 x 0,4 mm Safety rest with brass wool Micro tweezers 2 x 44 W, 12 V with Active Tip Technology Standard tip RTW 2, 0,7 x 0,4 mm, 45 Safety rest with brass wool Power Unit WX 2 Innovative operation concept Robust touch screen with ESD safe glas Intuitive use with turn-click-wheel with enter key and finger guide. Blue LED backlighting Multilingual menu navigation High functionality No safety rest with Stop & Go function needed thanks to integrated acceleration sensor Optimized precision, better stability by sensor in the soldering iron Specific parameterization of tool by storgage medium in hand piec. Visual process control via blue LED ring light All WX tools connectable Order-no. T005 34 206 99 Model Power unit WX 2 with 2 channels, 200 W (255 W) 17 Soldering Stations 4 WX 1010 Set 1 Power unit WX 1 with 1 channel, soldering irons WXP 120 2 XT Soldering tip series page 162/163 3 Order-no. T005 34 186 99 Model WX 1010 Scope of supply: 1 T005 34 176 99 WX 1 2 T005 29 201 99 WXP 120 3 T005 44 704 99 XT B 4 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Description Power unit with 1 channel, 200 W / 230 V Power unit, 200 W Soldering iron 120 W, 24 V with Fast Response Technology Standard tip XT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm Safety rest with brass wool 4 WX 1011 Set 1 Power unit WX 1 with 1 channel, micro soldering irons WXMP 2 RT Soldering tip series page 158 3 Order-no. T005 34 196 99 Model WX 1011 Scope of supply: 1 T005 34 176 99 WX 1 2 T005 29 203 99 WXMP 3 T005 44 603 99 RT 3 4 T005 15 171 99 WDH 51 18 Description Power unit with 1 channel, 200 W / 230 V Power unit, 200 W Soldering iron 55 W, 12 V with Active Tip Technology Standard tip RT 3, Chisel 1,3 x 0,4 mm Safety rest with brass wool Soldering 4 WX 1012 Set 1 Power unit WX 1 with 1 channel, soldering irons WXP 65 2 XNT Soldering tip series page 160 Order-no. T005 34 276 99 3 Model WX 1012 Scope of supply: 1 T005 34 176 99 WX 1 2 T005 29 211 99 WXP 65 3 T005 44 851 99 XNT A 4 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Description Power unit with 1 channel, 200 W / 230 V Power unit, 200 W Soldering iron 65 W with with Fast Response Technology Standard tip XNT A, Chisel 1,6 mm Safety rest with brass wool Power Unit WX 1 Innovative operation concept Robust touch screen with ESD safe glas Intuitive use with turn-click-wheel with enter key and finger guide. Blue LED backlighting Multilingual menu navigation High functionality No safety rest with Stop & Go function needed thanks to integrated acceleration sensor Optimized precision, better stability by sensor in the soldering iron Specific parameterization of tool by storgage medium in hand piec. Visual process control via blue LED ring light All WX tools connectable Order-no. T005 29 201 99 Model 1-Channel-Power Unit WX 1 200 W / 230 V 19 Soldering Stations Ready, set, go - with perfect accuracy Systematic Soldering Wide range of different soldering tools Power range from 80 W upto 150 W - microtools as well as robot soldering applications Extensive accessories available. Mirco-tweezers, soldering irons and solder baths. Easy monitoring Automatic tool recognition and fast temperature setting via buttons and LC display. Reliablity and longlife Robust design for continuous operation Small and compact soldering stations with easy-to-read display ESD safe unit with different functions: equipotential bonding, set back, stand-by and lock function 20 Soldering Cost-effective professional Soldering Station For different applications with a power range of 80 W upto 150 W Fast temperature setting and monitoring Easy to handle via buttons or potentiometer and LED display Low running costs Stable housing Easy to clean and robust design. Clear communication by large LC display High cost saving of consumables. Cost efficient Silver Line soldering tips reduce the running costs. 21 Soldering Stations WD 1 WD 1M max. power supply 80 W PUD 81 max. power supply 150 W Silver line WP 80 LT Soldering tips WSP 80 LT Soldering tips max. power supply 80 W Fast Response PUD 151 PU 81 max. power supply150 W max. power supply 80 W Standard Line WP 120 XT soldering tips LR 21 LT Soldering tips WMP NT Soldering tips WTA 50 WTA Tips Active Tip WP 65 XNT Soldering tips WSP 150 LHT Soldering tips Preheating plate MPR 80 LT Soldering tips WHP 80 WMRT RTW Tips FE-Soldering iron FE 75 LT Soldering tips Solder bath FE 80 HT Soldering tips All products without lines can be connected to all soldering stations. 22 WMRP RT Soldering tips WSB 80 WSB 150 Soldering Technical Data WD 1 Dimension L x B x H Channels WD 1M PUD 81 134 x 108 x 147 mm 134 x 108 x 147 mm 166 x 115 x 101 mm PUD 151 PU 81 166 x 115 x 101 mm 166 x 115 x 101 mm 1 1 1 1 1 Power supply 230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V 230 V Power consumption 80 W 150 W 150 W 80 W 80 W Protection class Temperature range I 50C - 450C 50C - 450C 50C - 550C 50C - 450C 150C - 450C Temperature accuracy 9C 9C 11C 9C 9C Temperature stability 5C 5C 5C 5C 5C Display LCD LCD LED LED no Setting Buttons Buttons Buttons Buttons Potentiometer ESD safe yes yes yes yes yes Equipotentional bondingUber eine 3,5 mm Schaltklinkenbuchse (Grundzustand hart geerdet) USB interface Order-no. no yes* no no no T005 34 156 99 T005 34 006 99 T005 32 766 99 T005 32 606 99 T005 32 506 99 *optional 23 Soldering Stations Cost reduction - longer tip lifetime due to temperature reduction Automatic tool recognition Easy tip exchange without tools ESD safe ESD Ready, set, go - with perfect accuracy! 1 channel WD soldering station is userfriendly due to the large LC display. 2 special menues for individual settings, e.g. stand-by mode, lock function and many more. 4 WD 1000 Set 1 Power unit, 1 channel with soldering iron For small sensible components 2 3 LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 Order-no. Model T005 34 026 99 WD 1000 Set Scope of supply: 1 T005 34 006 99 WD 1 2 T005 29 180 99 WP 80 3 T005 44 405 99 LT B 4 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Description Soldering station, 1 channel, 80 W / 230 V Order-no. Model T005 34 026 70 WD 1000 T Set Scope of supply: T005 34 006 99 WD 1 T005 29 180 99 WP 80 T005 44 405 99 LT B T005 15 161 99 WDH 10T Description Soldering station, 1 channel, 80 W / 230 V Power unit, 80 W Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V with Silver Line Technology Standard tip LT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm Safety rest with brass wool WD 1000 T Set Power unit, 1 channel as WD 1000 Set but with safety rest WDH 10T with Stop & Go function LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 24 Power unit, 80 W Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V with Silver Line Technolgy Standard tip LT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm Safety rest with Stop & Go function and with brass wool Soldering WD 1M Power Unit Power unit, 1 channel, digital 160 W / 230 V For micro soldering iron WMRP and micro tweezers WMRT Order-no. T 005 34 156 99 Model WD 1M Description Power Unit 150 W, 230 V Order-no. T005 34 066 99 Model WD 1 Description Power Unit 80 W / 230 V Order-no. T005 31 185 99 Description USB Interface for ISO applications WD 1 Power Unit Power unit, 1 channel, digital 80 W / 230 V For all soldering tools up to 80 W 25 Soldering Stations Easy handling Very good cost / performance ratio ESD safe ESD WSD (Set and read temperature displa)y and WS (set-temperature display) stations-digital stations Weller WSC and WS stations are cost effective, digital soldering stations with an easy handling. Other parameter possible (WSD stations) with an external calibration unit. 4 WSD 81 Set Power unit, 1 channel with soldering iron WSP 80 1 LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 3 Order-no. T005 32 606 99 2 Model WSD 81 Set Scope of supply: 1 T005 32 626 99 PUD 81 2 T005 29 161 99 WSP 80 3 T005 44 405 99 LT B 4 T005 15 140 99 WPH 80 Description Soldering station, 1 channel, 80 W / 230 V Power unit, 80 W Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V with Silver Line Technology Standard tip LT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm Safety rest with cleaning sponge 3 WSD 151 Set 1 Power unit, 1 channel with soldering iron WSP 150 LHT Soldering tip series page 172 4 Order-no. T005 32 766 99 2 Model WSD 151 Set Scope of supply: 1 T005 32 786 99 PUD 151 2 T005 29 170 99 WSP 150 3 T005 44 450 99 LHT F 4 T005 15 027 99 KH 27 26 Description Soldering station, 1 channel, 150 W / 230 V Power unit, 150 W Soldering iron 150 W, 24 V with Silver Line Technology Standard tip LHT F, Chisel 9,3 mm Safety rest with cleaning sponge Soldering 4 WS 81 Set Power unit, 1 channel with soldering iron WSP 80 1 LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 3 2 Order-no. Model T005 32 506 99 WS 81 Set Description Soldering station, 1 channel, 80 W / 230 V, analog Scope of supply: 1 T005 32 526 99 PU 81 2 T005 29 161 99 WSP 80 3 T005 44 405 99 LT B 4 T005 15 140 99 WPH 80 Power unit, 80 W, analog Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V with Silver Line Technolgy Standard tip LT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm Safety rest with cleaning sponge Order-no. Model T005 32 524 99 PU 81 Description Power unit switchable, 80 W, 120 V / 240 V mit US Stecker, with US plug, analog PU 81 Power Unit Power unit switchable, 80 W, 120 V / 240 V with US plug Accessory: T005 87 489 90 Key switch with control panel 27 Soldering Stations Easy handling Good cost / performance ratio Ferro Magnetic Controlled Soldering Station (Magnastat) The Weller Magnastat system operates through a ferro-magnetic device which changes ist characteristics when specific temperatures are reached. This causes it to either attract or repel a permanent magnet which operates a power supply switch. In this way power to the heating element can be quickly switched on or off to either provide extra power for soldering operations or reduced power when idling. Various preselected tip temperatures (260C, 310C, 370C, 425C, 480C) are available for different soldering tasks. The unit is not suitable for ESD application because the iron is not antistatic. Technical Data Dimension L x B x H: Channels: Power supply: Heating voltage: Soldering iron: Display: Temperature control: WTCP 51 166 x 115 x 101 1 230 V (240 V, 120 V), 50 (60) Hz 24V, 50 (60) Hz max. 50 W bei 24 V nein two-level controller Equipotentional bonding: yes USB interface: no Control: Order-no. 28 two-level controller with temperature sensor T0053220699 Soldering 1 WTCP 51 Set Power unit, 1 channel with soldering iron TCPS 4 LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 3 Order-no. T005 32 206 99 Model WTCP 51 Set 2 Description Soldering station, 1 channel, 50 W / 230 V Scope of supply: 1 T005 32 226 99 P 51 2 T005 32 105 99 TCPS 3 T005 44 405 99 LT B 4 T005 15 020 99 KH 20 Power unit, 50 W Soldering iron 50 W, 24 V with Silver Line Technolgy Standard tip LT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm and PT-LT adapter Safety rest with cleaning sponge Order-no. Model T005 32 224 99 P 51 Description Power unit switchable, 50 W, 120 V / 240 V with US plug P 51 Power Unit Power unit switchable, 50 W, 120 V / 240 V with US plug For all tools upto 50 W except WMRP and WMRT 29 Special application for use in solder robots The soldering station PUD 151R is suitable for soldering tasks in industrial manufacturing in which the soldering process is to be automated. For this purpose the unit is equipped with a monitoring circuit. As function of an adjustable temperature window (tolerance band) an un-powered contact is seiched to a low impedance. Straight forward, easy operation is made possibly usage of a micro processor. Digital control electronics ensure optimal regulation behaviour with different soldering irons upto 80 W. The soldering irons are automatically recognized by the soldering station and assigned the apropriate control parameter. 30 Soldering Technical Data PUD 151R Dimension L x B x H ESD 166 x 115 x 101 mm Weight Channels 1 Power supply 230 V Power input 150 W Protection class 1 power unit, 3 soldering iron Fuse T500 mA (230 V / 50/60 Hz) Temperature range 150C - 450C Temperature accuracy 11C Temperature stability 5C Display LED Temperature control Buttons ESD safe yes Equipotentional bonding Via 3.5 mm pawl socket on back of device (normal state hard grounded) USB interface no Order-no. T005 32 786 70 31 Special application for use in solder robots PUD 151R Temperature window adjustable 99C Temperatur control via buttons 3-position digital display Calibration unit WCB 2 connectable (see page 78) Automatic tool recognition Digitally controlled electronic for soldering tools upto 150 W Order-no. Model T00 32 786 70 PUD 151R 32 Description Power unit, 1 channel, 150 W Soldering HER 80 Heating element Order-no. Model T005 87 447 38 HER 80 Description Heating element 80 W for solder robots applications with PUD 151R LT Soldering tips for HER 80 Order-no. Model T005 44 441 99 LTR A T005 44 422 99 LTR B T005 44 422 71 LTR B T005 44 433 99 LTR C Special tips on request Description Width Thickness Soldering tips for HER 80 with twist lock Chisel tip 1,6 mm 0,8 mm Chisel tip 1,5 mm wettable 2,4 mm 0,8 mm Chisel tip 6,0 mm wettable 2,4 mm 0,8 mm Chisel tip 3,2 mm 0,8 mm Length 17 mm 17 mm 17 mm 17 mm HER 120 Heating element Order-no. Model T005 87 637 30 HER 120 Description Heating element 120 W for solder robot application with PUD 151R XT Soldering tips for HER 120 Order-no. Model 005 44 723 99 XTR A 005 44 724 99 XTR B 005 44 725 99 XTR C 005 44 726 99 XTR D 005 44 727 99 XTR E 005 44 728 99 XTR M Description Width Thickness Soldering tips for HER 120 with twist lock Chisel tip 1,6 mm 0,7 mm Chisel tip 2,4 mm 0,8 mm Chisel tip 3,2 mm 0,8 mm Chisel tip 4,6 mm 0,8 mm Chisel tip 5,9 mm 1,2 mm Chisel tip 3,2 mm 1,2 mm Length 36,0 mm 35,0 mm 35,0 mm 34,5 mm 34,5 mm 39,0 mm Cord for HER 80 / 120 Order-no. Model T005 87 447 13 Description Cord for HER 80 / 120 33 Special Application Inert Gas Soldering Ideal solution for soldering application under an atmosphere of inert gas Advantages of inert gas soldering Oxygen will be blocked out from solder joint and soldering tip * less oxidation on solder joint and soldering tip * less surface tension of solder * better flow characteristics of solder Preheating of solder joints ESD safe Better and consisten activation of flux ESD The inert gas soldering irons WP 80IG and WP 120IG achive all ESD requirements and enables soldering jobs with inert gas in used way. Inert gas is fed through openings in the heating element to envelop the solder joint. Inert gas and temperature control via power unit WAD 101IG. The set is complete with the Stop & Go safety rest WDH 10P. Technical Data Dimension L x B x H: Weight Channels Power supply Power consumption Protection class Temperature range Adjustable Temperature range WAD 101IG 166 x 115 x 101 3,335 kg 1 230 V / 120 V (50/60 Hz) 150 W 1 Power unit, 3 Soldering irons, Soldering and desoldering irons adjustable 50C - 550C (150F - 999F) depends on tool Temperature accuracy 2C Temperature stability 450C ( 842F) Potential free contact Optocoupler (transistor output) max. 24 V / 20mA; Pin 1 (+), Pin 2 (-) Display Temperature control ESD safe Equipotentional bonding USB interface Order-no. 34 Via buttons yes Via 3.5 mm pawl socket on back of device no T005 32 666 71 Soldering WAD 101IG Order-no. T005 32 666 71 Model Description WAD 101IGPower unit, 1 channel 150 W for soldering with inert gas Perfect solution for lead free soldering applications unter an atmosphere of inert gas With the WSP 80 inert gas safety rest set the WSP 80 soldering iron can be switched to an inert gas soldering iron. The safety rest WDH 10P can be used with the WSP 80IG and WP 120iG. Inert gas is fed through openings in the heating element to envelop the solder joint. Accessory Order-no. Model T005 29 197 99 WP 80IG Description Soldering iron 80 W for soldering with inert gas 50 C - 450 C Order-no. Model T005 29 198 99 WP 120IG Description Soldering iron 80 W for soldering with inert gas 50 C - 450 C Order-no. Model T005 15 161 99 WDH 10T Description Safety rest with Stop & Go function with brass wool Order-no. Model T005 87 637 32 Description Barrel WP120IG WDH 10P Set Safety rest WDH 10P with inert gas barrel set for soldering iron WSP 80 80 W, 24 V Lead free soldering LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 Order-no. Model T005 15 147 99 WDH 10P Set Scope of supply: WDH 10P Description Inert gas safety rest set 80 W, 24 V Safety rest for use with inert gas, ball valve, compressed air hose, 4 mm Inert gas barrel for WSP 80 35 Special application solder feeder Smooth proportion of solder by automatical solder feeder system 3. hand for easy handling The WSF 81D is a soldering station with an automatic solder feeder system. There are 2 suitable solder diameter. The WSV 81D8 is qualified for solder diameter from 0,8 mm - 1,5 mm, the WSF 81D5 fits from 0,5 mm - 0,8 mm. The adjustment to the exact diameter is automatically with both stations. The operator can swith between automatic and continuous solder supply. The power unit is fitted with digital electronics for regulation the soldering iron temperature and solder feed operation. In the feeder unit a tin holder can host coils upto max. 1 kg. Technical Data WSF 81D8 WSF 81D5 Dimension L x B x H 120 x 217 x 199 mm Channels 1 Solder o 0,8 - 1,5 mm Power supply 230 V / 120 V (50/60 Hz) Power consumption 80 W Protection class 1 Power unit, 3 Soldering irons Temperature range 150C - 450C Adjustable Temperature range digital control Tools recognition automatically Display 3 position digital display Temperature control Via buttons ESD safe yes Equipotentional bonding normal state hard grounded USB interface no Order-no. 36 T005 28 226 99 o 0,5 - 0,8 mm T005 28 206 99 Soldering 1 4 2 WSF 81D5 Solder Feeder System For solder wire from O 0,5 mm upto 0,8 mm 3 LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 Order-no. Model T005 28 206 99 WSF 81D5 Description Solder feeder system 80 W for wire from O 0,5 mm upto 0,8 mm Scope of supply: 1 2 T005 28 116 99 WSF 2 3 T005 28 121 99 WSFP 5 4 T005 15 028 99 AK S Power Unit Feeding unit Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V mit Lotspitze LT HX Safety rest with cleaning sponge Accessory: T005 13 120 99 Foot switch 1-step WSF 81D8 Solder Feeder System For solder wire from O 0,8 mm upto 1,5 mm LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 Order-no. Model T005 28 226 99 WSF 81D8 Description Solder feeder system 80 W for wire from O 0,8 mm upto 1,5 mm Scope of supply: T005 28 116 99 WSF 2 T005 28 122 99 WSFP 8 T005 15 028 99 AK S Power Unit Feeding unit Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V mit Lotspitze LT BX Safety rest with cleaning sponge Accessory: T005 13 120 99 Foot switch 1-step 37 Special Applications Mobile Soldering Heated up within 4 seconds only Cordless soldering capacity upto 1 hour Precise temperature control Easy use via touch sensor ESD safe ESD Soldering without plug WSM 1C: first professional rechargeable soldering station for mobile use. The WSM 1C from Weller is a perfect soldering station when a small mobile tool is required which works absolutey professional. Technical Data Dimension L x B x H (inch): Weight: Power supply: Power consumption: WSM 1 C 5.24 x 4.33 x 2.17 ca. 2,0 kg 100 V bis 240 V 50 Hz bis 60 Hz 55 W Safety class (with switching power supply) II (battery powered) III Temperature control 100C - 400C (200F - 750F) Temperature accuracy 9C ( 17F) Temperature stability 5C ( 9F) Acceleration sensor: Efficient stand-by mode Equipotentional bonding: via 3,5 mm pawl socket on side of device Display: Touch-Sensor-Technology Operating temperature: 10C - 35C (50F - 95F) Stock temperature: -24C - 45C (75F - 113F) Air humidity: 0% - 90%, no condensation 38 - Latest LiFePO4 battery technology - Fixed micro soldering iron WMRP - Stop & Go function: automatic switch-off of the soldering iron by motion sensor - Temperature lock function - Car adapter Soldering 4 WSM 1C Rechargeable soldering station 1 Solution for service technician 50 W 2 3 RT Soldering tip series page 158 Order-no. Model T005 32 936 99 WSM 1C Description Rechargeable soldering station with mirco soldering iron WMRP and soldering tip RT 3, chisel 1,3 mm and safety rest with brass wool Accessory Order-no. T005 87 518 80 Description Car adapter for recharge via 12 V board net 39 Soldering Special Applications Stations Mobile Soldering For small mobile soldering application Cost effective Easy to recharge via butane gas Butane Gas Powered Soldering Irons Powered by butane gas, the Pyropens offer soldering iron, hot air blow and blow torch operations. They have a shor heat up time and are refilled in seconds from a refill cylinder. A sight glass shows the level of gas in the reservoir. The temperature variation is obtained by increasing respectively decreasing the gas flow. All Pyropen soldering irons need very clean refill for precise temperature regulation. 6 Pyropen Piezo With self ignition (Piezo) Set in metal box Soldering tip series 70 for Pyropen Piezo page 183 8 9 7 2 3 5 4 1 Order-no. Model T005 16 059 99 Pyropen Piezo Scope of supply: 1 2 T005 16 121 99 70-01-02 3 T005 16 142 99 70-01-52 4 T005 16 159 99 70-01-55 5 T005 16 160 99 RB-TS 6 T005 16 156 99 7040U 7 T005 16 281 99 7042 8 9 Description Pyropen butane gas powered profi line soldering iron Soldering iron Pyropen Piezo Chisel tip 3,0 mm Hot air nozzle O 4,9 mm Reflector unit O 6,0 mm Gas refill canister 0,75 ml Metal box Burn proof accessory pocket Iron holder Cleaning sponge 6 Pyropen Zundung mittels Feuerzeug Set in metal box Soldering tip series 70 for Pyropen Piezo page 183 40 8 9 7 2 4 3 5 1 Order-no. Model T005 16 060 99 Pyropen Scope of supply: 1 2 T005 16 121 99 70-01-02 3 T005 16 142 99 70-01-52 4 T005 16 151 99 70-07TU 5 T005 16 160 99 RB-TS 6 T005 16 156 99 7040U 7 T005 16 281 99 7042 8 9 Description Pyropen butane gas powered profi line soldering iron Soldering iron Pyropen Chisel tip 3,0 mm Hot air nozzle O 4,9 mm Torch ejector Gas refill canister 0,75 ml Metal box Burn proof accessory pocket Iron holder Cleaning sponge 3 2 Manual ignition Pen shape Soldering tip series 71 for Pyropen Jr. page 182 Soldering Pyropen Jr. 1 Order-no. T05 16 075 99 Model Pyropen Jr. Scope of supply: 1 Pyropen Junior 2 T005 16 165 99 70-01-01 3 Description Butane gas powered mini soldering iron Soldering iron Needle tip O 1,0 mm Aluminium protection cap 5 WP 60K 1 3 Manual ignition Set with soldering tip, hot air nozzle and knife Soldering tip series 60 page 181 2 Order-no. T005 16 087 99 Scope of supply: 1 2 T005 16 134 99 3 T005 16 447 99 4 T005 16 135 99 5 T005 16 450 99 4 Model WP 60K Description Butane gas powered soldering iron WP 60 60-01-05 60-01-52 60-01-06 60-02 Soldering iron Needle tip O 0,5 mm Hot air nozzle O 4,7 mm Hot knife 5,0 mm, 45 Protection cap Model RB-TS Description Butane gas refill canister Refill Canister Order-no. T005 16 160 99 41 Rework - Soldering, Desoldering and Hot Air The Repair Professionals! Energy safing and environmental protection Low running costs. Flexible use of tools and process controlled working temperature Energy efficient soldering processes. Longer tip and nozzle lifetime Stand-by mode for desoldering tool Energy safing Desoldering Low investments Cost effective soldering process. Automatic tool recognition guarantees safe operation of 2 - 3 tools Fast soldering and desoldering. 2 - 3 independent channels guarantees simultanuous operation 42 Soldering Desoldering Hot Air Flexible Solution for soldering and desoldering applications One power unit for all rework applications. Compact set more cost effective compared to single units High flexibility because many tools are connectable such as: Solering and desoldering irons, hot air irons, preheating plates, wire strippers and solder baths. Safe soldering and desoldering operation ESD safe ESD 43 Rework - Soldering, Desoldering and Hot Air WR 3M max. power supply 360 W Active Tip Fast Response WMRP RT Soldering tips Standard Line WMP NT Soldering tips LR 21 LT Soldering tips WMRT RTW Tips WP 65 XNT Soldering tips WTA 50 WTA Tips WP 120 XT Soldering tips Silver line WP 200 XHT Soldering tips Accessory WP 80 LT Soldering tips WVP WSP 150 LHT Soldering tips Accessory MPR 80 LT Soldering tips WRK All products without lines can be connected to all soldering stations 44 Soldering WR 2 FE-Soldering Iron Hot Air Iron FE 75 LT Soldering tips HAP 200 Hot air nozzles FE 80 HT Soldering tips HAP 1 Hot air nozzles Hot Air Desoldering Iron Desoldering max.power supply 250 W DXV 80 DX Nozzles DSX 80 DX Nozzles Preheating Plate Stripping Tool WHP 80 WST 82 Solder Bath WSB 80 WSB 150 45 Rework - Soldering, Desoldering and Hot Air One station meets the requirements of a rework workplace Unique connecting compatibility of all tools 3 respectively 2 independend tool channels with automatic tool recognition guarantee the simultanuous operation of 2 to 3 soldering tools. Tools are permanentely ready for use 46 Soldering Technical Data WR 2 273 x 235 x 102 mm Weight: ca. 6,7 kg Channels 3 2 Net supply 230 V 230 V Power supply 360 W 250 W Protection class 1 Power unit, 3 Soldering irons Fuse T500 mA (230 V / 50/60 Hz) Fuse: overcurrent release 1,5 A Hot Air Dimension L x B x H Desoldering WR 3M Temperature control of channels Soldering- and desoldering irons continuously 50C - 550C (150F - 999F) Temperature control range is tool independend Soldering iron WP 80 / WP 120: 50C - 450C (150F - 850F) Soldering iron WP 200 / WSP 150: 50C - 550C (150F - 950F) Soldering iron WMRT / WMRP: 100C - 450C (200F - 850F) Desoldering iron DSX 80 / DSXV 80: 50C - 450C (150F - 850F) Hot air irons HAP 200 / HAP 1: 50C - 550C (150F - 950C) Temperature accuracy 9C Temperature stability 2C Bleeder Soldering tip (Tip to ground) conforms IPC-J-001 Bleeder voltage Soldering tip (Tip to ground) conforms IPC-J-001 Pump (periodic duty 30/30 s) Max. vacuum 0,7 bar Max. delivery rate max. 18 l/min max. 10 l/min Hot Air max. 15 l/min max. 15 l/min Display LCD Temperature control Buttons ESD safe yes yes Equipotentional bondingVia 3.5 mm pawl socket at the back of device (hard grounded normal state) USB interface Order-no. yes T005 33 666 99 no T005 33 776 99 47 Rework - Soldering, Desoldering and Hot Air WR 3000M Set vertical 9 Power unit, 3 channels with soldering iron WP 80, desoldering iron DSX 80 and hot air iron HAP 200 Large allround set for all repair jobs Desoldering iron DSX 80 for vertical soldering applications 1 3 8 5 10 2 Order-no. T005 33 686 99 LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 Hot air nozzles page 188/189 DX Nozzle page 184 7 4 6 Model Description WR 3000M Set Rework station, 3 channels WR 3M Scope of supply: 1 T005 33 666 99 WR 3M 2 T005 29 180 99 WP 80 3 T005 44 405 99 LT B 4 T005 15 161 99 WDH 10T 5 T005 13 190 99 DSX 80 6 T005 13 150 00 DX 113HM 7 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 8 T005 27 116 99 HAP 200 9 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 10 T005 29 184 99 WVP Power unit, 360 W Soldering iron, 80 W with Silver Line Technolgy Standard tip LT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm Safety rest with Stop & Go function and brass wool Desloldering iron, 80 W Nozzle Safety rest for DSX 80 with brass wool Hot air iron, 200 W Safety rest for hot air iron HAP 200 with brass wool Vacuum pick-up USB cord and software WR 3000M Set horizontal 8 6 4 Power unit, 3 channels with soldering iron WP 80, desoldering iron DXV 80 and hot air iron HAP 200. Desoldering iron DXV 80 for horizontal applications 1 3 7 9 2 Order-no. T005 33 683 99 LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 Hot air nozzles page 188/189 DX Nozzle page 184 48 5 Model Description WR 3000M Set Rework station, 3 channels WR 3M Scope of supply: 1 T005 33 666 99 WR 3M 2 T005 29 180 99 WP 80 3 T005 44 405 99 LT B 4 T005 15 161 99 WDH 10T 5 T005 13 180 99 DXV 80 6 T005 15 153 99 WDH 40 7 T005 27 116 99 HAP 200 8 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 9 T005 29 184 99 WVP Power unit, 360 W Soldering iron, 80 W with Silver Line Technolgy Standard tip, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm Safety rest with Stop & Go functions for WP 80 Inline desoldering iron, 80 W Safety rest for desoldering iron DXV 80 Hot Air Iron, 200 W Safety rest for hot air irons HAP 200 Vacuum pick-up USB cord and software Description T005 87 388 50 T005 13 120 99 Adapter for foot switch 1 step foot switch HAP 200 Set 3 Desoldering 2 Temperature range from 50C - 550 Hot air flow adjustable Activation of hot air flow via finger switch For WR 3M only Nozzles page 188/189 Soldering Order-no. 1 Order-no. T005 27 117 99 Model HAP 200 Set Scope of supply: 1 T005 27 116 99 HAP 200 2 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 3 T005 87 278 21 R 04 T005 87 617 28 Description Hot air iron set 200 W, 24 V Hot Air Accessories for both WR 3000M sets Hot air iron 200 W / 24 V with hot air nozzle R 06 round O 3,0 mm Safety rest Hot air nozzle round O 1,2 mm Adapter M6 for HAP 200 4 WR 2002 Set Power unit, 2 channels with soldering iron WP 80, desoldering iron DSX 80 Small repair set for all rework applications Simutanuous operation of hot air and desoldering iron is not possible. 1 5 2 DX Nozzles page 184 LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 7 3 Order-no. T005 33 806 99 6 Model WR 2002 Set Scope of supply: 1 T005 33 776 99 WR 2 2 T005 29 180 99 WP 80 3 T005 44 405 99 LT B 4 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 5 T005 13 150 00 DX 113 HM 6 T005 13 190 99 DSX 80 7 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Description Rework station, 2 channels WR 2 Power unit Soldering iron 80 W with Silver Line Technolgy Standard tip LT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm Safety rest with brass wool Nozzle inner-O 1,2 mm Desoldering iron 80 W / 24 V Safety rest with brass wool Power cable Equipotential bonding connector 49 Soldering and Desoldering Stations Up and away... Less maintenance Compressed air system for stable desoldering and high vacuum Fast and easy filter change Ergonomics and operational safety Easy and safe change of solder reservoir by bayonet fixing and cartoon cartridge. Fatigue-proof and gentle work possible Safe handling by latest grip-design Cost saving Extremely fast heat-up time of desoldering iron (only 35 seconds) 40 s upto 50C bis 350C Stand-by mode of desoldering iron saves energy Easy and fast setting of tool parameter with WX technology via ESD safe touch screen High Power Soldering and Desoldering Applications with only one unit High power soldering and desoldering tools. Simultanuous work of two 120 W tools. Intelligent WX tools. Tools are programmable Soldering and desoldering applications are independent of station. Parameters are on the soldering or desoldering tool. Flexible and fast change of workplace possible 50 Soldering Flexible Solution for soldering and desoldering applications Desoldering One power unit for all rework applications. Compact set more cost effective compared to single units High flexibility because many tools are connectable such as: Solering and desoldering irons, hot air irons, preheating plates, wire strippers and solder baths. Low investment Cost effective soldering process Automatic tool recognition guarantees safe operation of 2 - 3 tools Fast soldering and desoldering 2 - 3 independent channels guarantees simultanuous operation 51 Soldering and Desoldering Stations WXD 2 max. max. power supply 200 W Available Spring 2012 Fast Response Desoldering iron WXP 65 XNT Soldering tips WXDP 120 (Available Spring 2012) XDS Nozzles WXP 120 XT Soldering tips WXP 200 XHT Soldering tips DXV 80 DX Saugdusen Active Tip WXMP RT Soldering tips WX Adapter WX Adapter for PC WXMT RTWTips Fume Extraction WX Adapter for WFE/WHP WFE 2S with pressure control WFE 2S WFE 4S WFE 20D WX Connection cable All products without lines can be connected to all soldering stations 52 DSX 80 DX Saugdusen Preheating plates WHP 1000 WHP 3000 600 W WHP 3000 1200 W Soldering WR 2 Fast Response Desoldering max. power supply Standard Line WMP NT Soldering tips Silver line LR 21 LT Soldering tips WP 65 XNT Soldering tips WP 80 LT Soldering tips WP 120 XT Soldering tips WSP 150 LHT Soldering tips WP 200 XHT Soldering tips MPR 80 LT Soldering tips WTA 50 WTA Tips Hot air iron Preheating plate HAP 1 Hot air nozzles Wire Stripper FE-Soldering Iron WHP 80 WST 82 FE 80 HT Soldering tips Soldering bathes WSB 80 FE 75 LT Soldering tips WSB 150 53 Soldering and Desoldering Stations WXD 2 (available spring 2012) Cost effective because only one station is needed Less rework by optimal use of tools and the correct working temperature. Reduction of running costs by longer tip lifetime Desoldering iron vith stand-by mode ESD safe ESD WR 2 Only one station that meets all reowrk requirements Unique compatibility All tools are connectable 2 independent channesl with automatic tool recognition guarantees simultanuous operation of 2 tools ESD safe ESD 54 Soldering Technical Data WR 2 Dimension L x B x H 273 x 235 x 102 mm Weight: ca. 6,7 kg Channels 2 2 Power supply 230 V 230 V Power supply 255 W 250 W Protection class 1 power unit, 3 Soldering irons Fuse T500 mA (230 V / 50/60 Hz) Fuse: overcurrent release 1,5 A Temperature control of channels Soldering- and desoldering irons continuously 50C - 550C (150F - 999F) Temperature control range is tool independend Soldering iron WP 80 / WP 120: 50C - 450C (150F - 850F) Soldering iron WP 200 / WSP 150: 50C - 550C (150F - 950F) Soldering iron WMRT / WMRP: 100C - 450C (200F - 850F) Desoldering iron DSX 80 / DSXV 80: 50C - 450C (150F - 850F) Hot air irons HAP 200 / HAP 1: 50C - 550C (150F - 950C) Temperature accuracy 9C Temperature stability 2C Bleeder Soldering tip (Tip to ground) Conform IPC-J-001 Bleeder voltage Soldering tip (Tip to ground) Conform IPC-J-001 Pump (periodic duty30/30 s) Max. pressure 0,7 bar Air consumption Hot Air 35 l/min - - max. 15 l/min Display LCD Temperature control Keys Keys ESD safe yes yes Equipotentional bonding USB interface Order-no. Desoldering WXD 2 Via 3.5 mm pawl socket (hard grounded normal state) yes no T005 34 266 99 T005 33 776 99 55 Soldering and Desoldering Stations New products enlarge the WX family. A new WXD 2 desoldering station and a new WXDP desoldering iron. These tools are ideal for professional rework applications of the latest electronic components in the industrial operation. Typically for the WX stations: soldering and desoldering parameters can be saved easily on the iron. The WXDP 120 heats up within 35 sec. only. With stand-by function. WXD 2010 Desoldering station, 2 channels digital and electronically controlled with desoldering iron WXDP 120 Soldering- and desoldering tools with intelligent WX technology Connection to external compressed air supply for high vacuum Energy effective: automatic stand-by mode for tools Patented, ESD safe glas display. Simpel and fast setting of soldering parameter. XT Soldering tip series page 162/163 XDS Nozzle-series page 187 3 1 2 Order-no. Model T005 34 286 99 WXD 2010 Set Description Solder- and Desoldering station, 2 channels 200 W (255 W) Scope of supply: 1 T005 34 266 99 2 T005 13 201 99 3 T005 15 172 99 Power Unit Desoldering iron Safety rest with brass wool WXD 2 WXDP 120 WDH 70 WXD 2020 * Available Spring 2012 3 Soldering and desoldering station, 2 channels with WXDP 120 and soldering iron WXP 120 1 2 XT Soldering tip series page 162/163 XDS Nozzle-series page 187 Order-no. Model T005 34 296 99 WXD 2020 Set 1 2 3 4 5 56 5 Scope of supply: T005 34 266 99 T005 13 201 99 T005 15 172 99 T005 29 202 99 T005 15 121 99 WXD 2 WXDP 120 WDH 70 WXP 120 WDH 10 4 Description Solder- and Desoldering station, 2 channels 200 W (255 W) Power Unit Desoldering iron Safety rest with brass wool Soldering iron Safety rest with brass wool Soldering WR 2000D Desoldering 3 1 Power unit, 2 channels with soldering iron DSX 80 and safety rest WDH 30. Repair kit for soldering and desoldering 2 DX Soldering tip series page 184 Order-no. T005 33 796 99 Model WR 2000D Scope of supply: 1 T005 33 776 99 WR 2 2 T005 13 190 99 DSX 80 3 T005 13 150 00 DX 113 HM 4 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Description Desoldering station, 2 channels, 250 W Power unit Desoldering iron 80 W / 24 V Nozzle inner-O 1,2 mm Safety rest with brass wool Power cable Equipotential bonding (normal state hard grounded) 57 Soldering Hot Air Stations More than just hot air... Small power unit Small and compact housing This station is easy to integrate to the workplace and supports the organization of soldering processes. Best soldering results Electronically controlled hot air station. Best soldering results with inert gas or compressed air for component save soldering Fix solder joints Easy handling of air volume and temperature parameters Automatic tool recognition 58 Hot Air Low running costs by safety rests Stop & Go function Foot switch for activating the hot air Temperature sensor for process control Control via PC possible 59 Hot Air WR 2 max. power supply 250 W Silver line Fast Response WP 80 LT Soldering tips WMP NT Soldering tips WSP 150 LHT Soldering tips WP 65 XNT Soldering tips Standard Line LR 21 LT Soldering tips WTA 50 WTA Nozzles MPR 80 LT Soldering tips WP 120 XT Soldering tips WP 200 XHT Soldering tips All products without lines can be connected to all soldering stations 60 Hot Air WAD 101 max. power supply 100 W Desoldering iron Hot air iron FE-Soldering iron HAP 1 Hot air nozzles FE 75 LT Soldering tips DXV 80 DX Nozzles FE 80 HT Soldering tips DSX 80 DX Nozzles Preheating plate Wire stripper WHP 80 WST 82 Soldering bath WSB 80 WSB 150 61 Hot Air For every application we offer the optimal tool From to 100 to 700 W Wide nozzle program Technical Data WR 2 Dimension (L x B x H) 273 x 235 x 102 mm Weight Channels WAD 101 166 x 134 x 101 ca. 6,7 kg 2 1 Power supply 230 V 230 V Power input 250 W 150 W Protection class Fuse Temperature range Temperature accuracy Temperature accuracy HAP 1 Temperature stability I Fuse: overcurrent release 1,5 A 230 V: T 630 mA / 120 V: T 1,0 A Soldering- and desoldering irons continuously 50C - 550C (150F - 999F) Temperature control range is tool independend WP 80 / WP 120 50C - 450C (150F - 850F) WP 200 50C - 550C (150F - 950F) WSP 150 50C - 550C (150F - 950F) DSX 80 / DXV 80 50C - 450C (150F - 850F) HAP 1 50C - 550C (150F - 999F) 9C ( 20F) C Version: Hot air 50C - 550C Soldering iron 50C - 550C F Version: Hot air 122F - 999F Soldering iron 122F - 842F Hot air 30C ( 54F) Soldering iron 9C ( 17F) 30C ( 50F) 2C ( 5F) Air volume ca. 0 - 10 l/min. PressurePressure input, 400 kPa (58 psi), oilfree, dry compressed air or inert gas N2 Vacuum Order-no. 62 no T005 33 776 99 no T005 32 686 99 Hot Air WR 2000A Hot air station, 2 channels with hot air iron HAP 1 Large hot air set Simultanuous operation of 2 soldering tools All soldering tools upto 80 W connectable 3 1 2 Hot air nozzles page 188/189 Order-no. T005 33 786 99 Model WR 2000A Scope of supply: 1 T005 33 776 99 WR 2 2 T005 27 115 99 HAP 1 T005 87 278 22 R 06 3 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Description Hot air station, 2 channels 250 W / 230 V Power unit 250 W Hot air iron 100 W / 24 V Hot air nozzle R 06 round o 3,0 mm Safety rest with brass wool Power cable Equipotential bonding (normal state hard grounded) 3 WAD 101 Hot air station, 1 channel with HAP 1 soldering iron Small hot air set For hot air irons or soldering irons upto 80 W 4 1 Hot air nozzles page 188/189 2 Order-no. T005 32 666 99 Scope of supply: 1 T005 32 686 99 2 T005 27 115 99 T005 87 278 22 3 T005 15 027 99 4 T005 87 278 21 Model WAD 101 Description Hot air station, 1 channel 150 W / 230 V PU WAD101 HAP 1 R 06 KH 27 R 04 Power Unit 150 W Hot air iron 100 W / 24 V Hot air nozzle R 06 round o 3,0 mm Safety rest with cleaning sponge Hot air nozzle round o 1,2 mm Accessories Order-no. T005 87 388 50 T005 13 120 99 Description Adapter for foot switch Foot switch 1 step 63 Hot Air The Weller WHA hot air stations are designed for soldering and desoldering sensitive SMD components with hot air. The station use temperature and volume controlled hot air with Weller patented nozzle technology. 3 stations are available: a digital hot air station with integrated turbine and vacuum (WHA 3000V and WHA 3000P) and an analog hot air station without vacuum for easy applications (WHA 900). A wide range of different nozzles for common SMD components are available. WHA 3000V With integrated vacuum 700 W Hot air station For compressed air or inert gas. 1 3 5 Hot air nozzles page 190-193 4 2 Order-no. T005 33 366 99 Model WHA 3000V ESD Description Hot air station 700 W / 230 V Scope of supply: 1 WHA 3000V 2 HAP 3000 3 T005 15 043 99 AKT 30 T005 87 577 70 4 T005 15 049 99 5 T005 87 507 21 NQ 30 Power unit 230 V for use with compressed air or inert gas Hot air iron Safety rest with Stop & Go function Foot switch 2 steps Nozzle change tool Nozzle, 4 side heated, 17,5 x 23,5 mm WHA 3000P 1 700 W Hot air station With integrated vacuum With integrated turbine 3 5 Hot air nozzles page 190-193 4 Order-no. T005 33 346 99 2 Model WHA 3000P Scope of supply: 1 WHA 3000P 2 HAP 3000 3 T005 15 043 99 AKT 30 T005 87 577 70 4 T005 15 049 99 5 T005 87 507 21 NQ 30 64 ESD Description Hot air station 700 W / 230 V Power Unit 230 V with integrated turbine Hot air iron Safety rest with Stop & Go function Foot switch 2 steps Nozzle change tool Nozzle, 4 side heated, 17,5 x 23,5 mm Hot Air WHA 900 700 W hot air station for easy repair applications and heating processes as e.g. shrinking Brushless turbine for ideal hot air flow Hot air temperature is electronically controlled Hot air nozzles page 190-193 ESD Order-no. T005 31 716 99 Model WHA 900 Accessory: T005 15 048 99 T005 15 157 99 Description Hot air station 700 W / 230 V Depositing rackNR, ND, NQ Holder for WHA 900 Attention: Hot air nozzles are not included in the scope of supply (see page 190-193). WHA 900 with Foot switch Order-no. Model T005 31 716 70 WHA 900 Scope of supply: T005 31 716 99 WHA 900 T005 13 120 99 ESD Description as WHA 900 (see above) with foot switch for activating the hot air (see above WHA 900) Foot switch 1 step 6966 EK Hot Air Heat Gun For heat shrinking, drying or to detect faulty components on circuit boards. Cooling is possible because the air flow is independent of the heater. Temperature range ca. 400C - 430C Order-no. Model 6966EK 6966EK Scope of supply: 6964 0,2" 6957 1,5" 6958 Accessory: 6965A Description Hot Air Heat Gun 210 W / 230 V Hot Air Heat Gun 210 W Reflector 0,2" Reflector 1,5" Shrinking nozzle Holder for gun 65 Hot Air WRK Reflow system Reflow system with vacuum pick-up For desoldering of SMD components 30 X 30 mm Order-no. Model T005 15 155 99 WRK Scope of supply: Description Reflow system for SMD components with external hot air works with deslodering station WR 3M Reflow housing: once each 33 x 33 mm, 27 x 27 mm, 24 x 24 mm, 20 x 20 mm, 15,5 x 15,5 mm, 12,5 x 12,5 mm, 10 x 10 mm Vacuum Pick-up 4,5 mm Vacuum Pick-up 10 mm Tripod Pick-up Depositing rack for nozzles Accessories Order-no. T005 15 154 99 T005 87 617 32 T005 87 617 31 T005 87 617 30 T005 87 137 99 T005 87 137 98 66 Description Despositing rack for nozzles Reflow housing Set 10 x 10 mm, 12,5 x 12,5 mm, 15,5 x 15,5 mm Reflow housing Set 20 x 20 mm, 27 x 27 mm Reflow housing Set 33 x 33 mm, 24 x 24 mm Rubber insert O 4,5 mm, 10 pieces Rubber insert O 10,0 mm, 10 pieces Hot Air WRK Sets Order-no. T005 87 617 30 Model WRK Set Description Reflowset 33 x 33 mm / 24 mm x 24 mm Scope of supply: T005 87 130 01 T005 87 610 19 T005 87 617 09 T005 87 617 10 T005 87 617 12 T005 87 617 24 Rubber insert,10,0 CSF, 3 pieces Spring, 3 pieces Vacuum Pick up O 10,0 mm Reflow housing 33 x 33 mm Reflow housing 24 x 24 mm VAC-hose, WRK Order-no. T005 87 617 31 Description Reflowset 27 x 27 mm / 20 mm x 20 m Model WRK Set Scope of supply: T005 87 130 01 T005 87 610 19 T005 87 617 09 T005 87 617 11 T005 87 617 13 T005 87 617 24 Order-no. Model T005 87 617 32 WRK Set Scope of supply: T005 87 130 02 T005 87 617 03 T005 87 617 08 T005 87 617 14 T005 87 617 15 T005 87 617 16 T005 87 617 17 T005 87 617 24 Rubber insert,10,0 CSF, 4 pieces. Spring, 4 Stk. Vacuum Pick up O 10,0 mm Entlotgehause 27 x 27 mm Entlotgehause 20 x 20 mm VAC-hose, WVP-WRK Description Reflowset 18 x 18 mm / 15,5 mm x 15,5 mm / 12,5 x 12,5 mm / 10 mm x 10 mm Rubber insert, 4,5 CSF/WVP, 3 pieces Tripod Vacuum Pick up O 4,5 mm Reflow housing 18 x 18 mm Reflow housing 15,5 x 15,5 mm Reflow housing 12,5 x 12,5 mm Reflow housing 10 x 10 mm VAC-hose, WVP-WRK 67 BGA/QFP Rework Systems Rework BGA/QFP Rework Systems Technical Data WHA 3000P WHA 3000V WQB 4000SOPS Dimensions (B x L x H) mm: 240 x 270 x 170 240 x 270 x 101 Dimensions (W x L x H) inch: 9,44 x 10,63 x 6,69 9,44 x 10,63 x 3,97 Mains supply voltage: 230 V 230 V 230 V Power Output: 700 W 700 W 2300 W Top heating: 700 W Heating plate: large 1600 W (260 x 260 mm) small 400 W (120 x 120 mm) (switchable) Compressed air supply: - 400 - 600 kPa gereinigte, trockene Druckluft 400 - 600 kPa gereinigte, trockene Druckluft Temperature accuracy: 50C - 550C +/ - 30C (+ - 54F) 50C - 550C +/ - 30C (+ - 54F) continuously variable 50C - 400C Control accuracy 10C Air volume hot air: Air consumption: Safety Class: Order-no. 70 continuously variable 5 - 50 l/min 5 - 50 l/min 5 - 50 l/min 60 - 100 l/min 1 (control unit and hand piece hard grounded) 1 (control unit and hand piece hard grounded) 1 T005 33 346 99 T005 33 366 99 T005 33 706 99 1 WHA 3000PS Set 2 00 W Hot air station 7 Integrated turbine Set with Infrared preheating plate and circuit board holder 3 BGA Hot air nozzles page 190-193 Order-no. Model T005 33 556 99 WHA 3000PS Set Scope of supply: 1 T005 33 346 99 WHA 3000P 2 T005 33 165 99 WBHS 3 T005 33 386 99 WHP 3000 Description Hot air station 700 W Hot air station with integrated turbine Circuit board holder with pivoting stand Infrared preheating plate, 600 W WHA 3000P 00 W 7 Hot air station with turbine BGA Hot air nozzles page 190-193 Order-no. T005 33 346 99 Model WHA 3000P Description 700 W Hot air station with turbine 71 Rework WHA 3000PS Set - The versatile system for repair and rework of fine pitch and BGA components The WHA 3000P will perform demanding repair tasks on circuit boards with complex fine pitch surface mounted components. The advanced control technology coupled with user-friendly operation, guarantees precision of repair processes. While the sophisticated automatic operation mode guarantees repeatability of the process and increases productivity and quality. Extensive range accessories compliment the machine to promote flexibility. Further Accessories see page 73. Patented Weller nozzle technology for maximum process control and user friendly operation. The powerful variable speed controlled turbine generates an air volume of up to 50 litres/min. An iron trap so that charge free hot air is directed at the component. Memory space to store up to 10 thermal profiles to ensure process repeatability. Manual operation or operation via PC software. BGA/QFP Rework Systems WBHS Circuit board holder with a pivoting stand for the HAP 3000 hot air pencil. Circuit boards upto 310 mm x 320 mm can be accommodated. The circuit board holder ensures that the hot air pencil is vertical to the printed circuit board under repair and the pivoting stand allows the HAP 3000 hot air pencil to be raised and lowered precisely onto the component being reworked. WBHS Circuit board holder with a pivoting stand For boards upto 310 x 320 mm Order-no. T005 33 165 99 Model WBHS Description Circuit board holder with a pivoting stand WHA 3000VS Set 700 W For use with inert gas Figure shows WHA 3000V Hot air nozzles page 190-193 Order-no. Model Description T005 33 596 99 WHA 3000VS Set 700 W Hot air station Scope of supply: T005 33 366 99 WHA 3000V Hot air station 700 W for use with inert gas T005 33 165 99 WBHS Circuit board holder with pivoting stand T005 33 386 99 WHP 3000 Infrared preheating plate, 600 W 72 Rework WHP 3000 Infrared preheating plate 600 W, 230 V Temperature range 120 x 190 mm Temperature range 50C - 400C Digital display for set and actual temperature Digitally controlled 3 Infrared high temperature ceramic elements for fast and efficient heat up 2 heated zones can be selected External sensor (accessory) connectable RS 232-Interface cable e.g. for connection to WHA 3000 hot air station Easy Fix board holder (as WHP 200 see page 80) Order-no. Model T005 33 386 99 WHP 3000 ESD Description Infrared preheating plate 600 W / 230 V with Easy Fix board holder WHP 3000 Infrared preheating plate 1200 W, 230 V Temperature range 190 x 245 mm Temperature range 50C - 400C Digital display for set and actual temperature Digitally controlled 3 Infrared high temperature ceramic elements for fast and efficient heat up 2 Easy Fix board holder (as WHP 200 see page 80) Order-no. Model T005 33 646 99 WHP 3000 ESD Accessory: T005 31 191 99 T005 31 190 99 T005 33 165 99 T005 33 164 99 WBHS WBH Description Infrared preheating plate 1200 W / 230 V with Easy Fix board holder RS 232 Interface cable K-Thermoelement 0,5 mm Circuit board holder with pivoting stand Circuit board holder without pivoting stand 73 BGA/QFP Rework Systems Weller WQB Rework System The WQB 4000 SOPS rework system upgrades the Weller product range in the SMD tool sector. A well thought-out design concept combines reliability and maximum process control with ease of use and technicaly mature detail solutions. Usefull accessories increase the possible uses of these repair work stations. For the universal circuit board repair of BGA, QFP and SMD components, it is necessary to preheat the circuit board effectively from below and from above to precisely heat the components to be repaired to the reflow temperature as well as to reliably control the process. On the WQB 4000 the temperature regulated 2-Zone infrared bottom heater provides rapid warm-up and homgeneous substrate temperatures. The hot air top heater, with digital control electronics for temperature monitoring and regulation of the air flow rate, facilitates the finely metered supply of heat to the components. A temperature sensor placed directly in the hot air nozzle efficiently regulates the top heater and thus provides maximum process control. On the digital programming unit all process steps can be programmed, saved and if necessary protected against unauthorized use as required. The most important process parameters are optionally displayed on the LC display during operation. Camera with two-color lighting for exact positioning. 74 Rework WQB 4000SOPS 300 W / 230 V 2 BGA/SMT Rework system For components placing with camera support placing system BGA Hot air nozzles page 194 Order-no. Model Description T005 33 706 99 WQB 4000SOPS BGA/SMT Rework system 2300 W / 230 V Scope of supply: Base unit with top heater, bottom heater, control electronics and pneumatic unit Infrared radiation 1600 W Positioning unit with digital camera and split optic Circuit board holder with fine adjustment in X and Y direction Temperature sensor PT 100 Nozzle change tool Thermoelement type K 0,1 mm 5 pcs. Vacuum inserts O 4,5 mm 5 pcs. Vacuum inserts O 10,0 mm Reducer insert for the vacuum pickup Software WQB 4000 CONTROL and WQB 4000 SOPS USB cable Calibration tool Vacuum pick up with 2 changeable vacuum inserts Mains cable 2 m connecting tube for compressed air Instruction manual Max. PC board size 450 x 500 mm 75 BGA/QFP Rework Systems Accessories for fur WQB 4000SOPS, WQB 3000OPS, WQB 3000 and WHA 3000 PS / VS Clamping set Order-no. T005 87 549 24 Description Clamping set for irregluar shaped circuit boards (e.g. mobilephones, video/digital camera boards, etc.) Support Order-no. T005 87 557 45 Description Support for large circuit boards Order-no. T005 87 548 73 T005 87 559 56 Description WQB 3000 Adjustable circuit board stop WQB 4000 Adjustable circuit board stop Order-no. T005 87 557 41 Description Spring-loaded downholder with magnet stand Adjustable circuit board stop Downholder 76 Rework Temperature sensor Order-no. T005 87 549 48 Description Temperature sensor Order-no. T005 87 557 82 T005 31 190 99 Description Thermoelement type K, O 0,1 mm Thermoelement type K, O 0,5 mm Order-no. T005 87 549 70 Description NQ adapter for WQB 2000/3000/4000 Order-no. T005 87 137 99 T005 87 137 98 Description Vacuum insert O 4,5 mm, 10 Stuck Vacuum insert O 10,0 mm, 10 Stuck Thermoelement NQ-Adapter Vacuum insert 77 Accessories for Temperature Measuring and Calibration WCB 2 Measuring and Calibration Box The WCB 2 is an external input unit for programming additional functions. It works with every digital Weller station. The setting is fast and easy. Battery powered supply makes the box independent from any mains and easy to transport. The WCB 2 has an PC interface (RS 232) and an integrated temperature gauge for thermo couple type K (accessory). The functions are: WCB 2 Measuring and Calibration Box OFFSET: Correction value for soldering tip temperature SETBACK: Reduction of the set temperature after a specified period of time LOCK: Locking the set temperature C/F: Switching temperature display C/F WINDOW: Setting a set value window. If the actual temperature is within the set value window a potential-free contact is activated Temperature measuring tips are available for each soldering iron Order-no. T005 31 180 99 Model WCB 2 Description Calibration unit Scope of supply: Calibration unit Battery 4 x 1,5 V Accessories: T005 31 184 99 T005 31 190 99 T005 31 191 99 78 Network adapter 230 V, 50 Hz Thermoelement type K, o 0,5 mm Interface Cable RS 232 Accessories WTT 1 Temperature Measuring Unit The WTT 1 digitaltemperature measuring system has been specially designed for measuring the temperature of soldering iron tips. The probe has a double sensor system and an own internal heat source. The measured temperature is fed to a control system that records the flow of heat in the probe and stabilises it with the aid of the internal heat source. This design ensures that no heat is drawn by the probe from the object to be measured. Erroneous measurements due to the large thermal load of the probe are thus prevented. The measured temperature is indicated on a three-digit LED display to a resolution of 1C. A red dot in the display is used to indicate the measured value and simplifies the reading of the measured temperature. An adjustable preheat temperature ensures a rapid response even at high temperatures. Different methods of equipotentioal bonding and the ESD appropriate design of the control unit and probe supplement the quality of this measuring unit. ESD WTT 5 Temperature measuring system Temperature range 50C -500C Tolerance +/- 5C Dimensions 166 x 115 x 101 mm (L x W x H) Order-no. T005 31 246 99 Model WTT 1 Description Temperature measuring system Scope of supply: T005 29 109 99 Power unit Sonde fur WTT 1 Temperature Measuring System onnection to WCB 2 C calibration unit For measuring soldering tip temperature Order-no. Model T005 13 832 99 Description For connection to unit WCB 2 or all other temperature measure instruments with K2 sensor port. 79 Accessories Preheating plates Preheating plates are used to preheat circuit boards under repair to reduce the possibility of thermal damages and to reduce the heat requirement of the soldering tool for speeding up the repair process. WHP 80 Preheating plate 80 W, 24 V Heating surface 80 x 50 mm Temperature range 50C-200C For all Weller stations with min. 80 W Size housing 150 x 120 x 65 mm (L x B x H) ESD Order-no. T005 27 028 99 Model WHP 80 Description Preheating plate 80 W, 24 V, 80 x 50 mm Model WHP 1000 Description Preheating plate 1000 W, 230 V, 220 x 150 mm Order-no. Model T005 33 716 99 WHP 200 Description Preheating plate 200 W, 230 V, 120 x 60 mm with easy fix board holder WHP 1000 Preheating plate 1000 W, 24 V Heating surface Temperature range RS 232 Interface e.g. for connection to Weller hot air stations WHA 3000 Digital display for set and read temperature Element Type K (accessory) connectable ESD Order-no. T005 33 648 99 WHP 200 Infrared preheating plate 200 W, 24 V Heating surface 120 x 60 mm Temperature range 50C - 400C Digital display for set and read temperature Electronic temperature control Infrared high temperature ceramic elements for fast and efficient heat up 2 Easy Fix board holder ESD safe ESD 80 Accessories WHP 3000 Infrared preheating plate 600 W, 230 V Heating surface 120 x 190 mm Temperature range 50C - 400C Digital display for set and read temperature Electronic temperature control 3 Infrared high temperature ceramic elements for fast and efficient heat up Two heated zones can be selected Element Type K (accessory) connectable RS 232 Interface e.g. for connection to Weller hot air stations WHA 3000 2 Easy Fix board holder (as WHP 200 page 80) ESD Order-no. Model T005 33 386 99 WHP 3000 Description Infrared preheating plate 600 W / 230 V with Easy Fix board holder WHP 3000 Infrared preheating plate 1200 W, 230 V Heating surface 190 x 245 mm Temperature range 50C - 400C Digital display for set and read temperature Electronic temperature control 3 Infrared high temperature ceramic elements for fast and efficient heat up 2 Easy Fix board holder (as WHP 200 page 80) ESD Order-no. Model T005 33 646 99 WHP 3000 Accessories: T005 31 191 99 T005 31 190 99 T005 33 165 99 WBHS T005 33 164 99 WBH Description Infrared preheating plate 1200 W, 230 V with Easy Fix board holder RS 232 Interface Cable Thermoelement Type K 0,5 mm PC board holder with pivoting stand PC board holder without stand 81 Accessories PCB Board Holders USB Microscope Microscope with digital camera and USB interface Adjustable work stand Application software Resolution: 1280 x 1024 MP Interface: USB 2.o Magnification: 20X - 90X Sensor 1/3" Color CMOS Video frame rate: up to 30 Fps Illumination: 8 build-in Hightech LEDs LED on/off controlled by software Save file format: BMP.... Dimensions: 100 mm (L) x 32 mm (D) Cable length: approx. 1,8 m ESD Order-no. Model T005 13 835 99 Description USB Microscope with digital camera and adjustable work stand ESF 120ESD PCB board holder Max. size 160 x 235 mm Rotates through 360 in increments of 15 Spring clamp Cushioned arm for component fixing ESD Order-no. T005 15 026 99 Model ESF 120ESD Description PCB board holder WBH 2 PCB board holder Max. size 310 x 320 mm Order-no. T005 33 167 99 82 Model WBH2 Description Board holder without stand Accessories WBHS PCB board holder with stand Max. size 310 x 320 mm Board positioning in X and Y directions For single and doublesided boards Stand to mount hot air pencil HAP 3000 Preheating plate WHP 3000 could be fitted under the board holder Order-no. Model T005 33 165 99 WBHS Description PCB board holder with stand for WHA 3000P + WHA 3000V Stand of WBHS Order-no. T005 33 166 99 Description Stand of WBHS WBH PCB board holder without stand Same as WBHS, but without stand Order-no. T005 33 164 99 Model WBH Description PCB board holder without stand Accessories for WBHS, WBH, WQB and BGA/QFP Rework system Order-no. T005 87 548 73 Description Adjustable circuit boarder stop T005 87 557 45 Support for large dimensioned circuit boards T005 87 557 41 Downholder for circuit boards T005 87 549 24 Clamping set for irregular shaped circuit boards (e.g. mobile phones, video/digital camera boards, etc.) 83 Accessories Soldering Bathes Rework preparation tool e.g. for tin coating of wire ends and cleaning of leads and wires from excess and dirt. All soldering baths are suitable for leadfree solder. W101 H Soldering Bath 100 W, 230 V Inside O 17,4 mm, depth 22 mm Different temperatures available Magnastat temperature control Horizontal stand For lead free solder Order-no. T005 61 093 99 Model W101 H Description Miniature soldering bath 100 W, 230 V Scope of supply: Miniature soldering bath with 330C insert and horizontal stand Accessories: T005 11 706 99 T005 11 707 99 T005 11 708 99 T005 11 709 99 Insert for temperature 285C Insert for temperature 330C Insert for temperature 380C Insert for temperature 450C WSB 80 Soldering Bath 80 W, 24 V Inside O 20 mm, depth 25 mm Temperature range 50C - 450C Connectable to all Weller 80 W digital stations V2A tray to guard against dripping solder residue Size housing: 150 x 120 x 65 mm (L x B x H) Heat-up time ~ 7 min (50C - 350C) For lead free solder Order-no. T005 27 040 99 Model WSB 80 Description Soldering bath 80 W, 24 V Model WSB 150 Description WSB 150 Soldering bath 150 W, 24 V WSB 150 Soldering Bath 150 W, 24 V Lotbadgroe: 58 x 33 x 19 mm (L x B x H) Temperature range 50C - 450C Connectable to all Weller 150 W digital stations V2A tray to guard against dripping solder residue Size housing: 150 x 120 x 65 mm (L x B x H) Heat-up time ~ 11 min (50C - 350C) For lead free solder Order-no. T005 27 042 99 84 Accessories The Weller WST 82 temperature controlled thermal stripping tool is suitable to all 80 W Weller stations. It strips off thermoplastic insulation materials by using precisely shaped stripping blades. The stripping length is adjustable up to 30 mm. Optimal temperature control via power unit (accessory). Thermal stripping tool WST 82 KIT1 3 7 S uitable to all 80 W Weller stations Fur Flachbandkabel und Runddrahte geeignet Order-no. T005 25 032 99 Model WST 82 KIT1 Description Thermal stripping tool 80 W, 24 V Scope of supply: Thermal stripping tool WST 82 Brush Cutting knife set Knife Set AWG 12, 16, 24 Safety rest T005 87 250 34 7 T005 87 257 42 3 T005 87 257 26 Thermal stripping tool WST 82 KIT2 1 Suitable to all 80 W Weller stations Flex cord for 1,5 - 3,5 m working distance Fur Flachbandkabel und Runddrahte geeignet 6 Order-no. Model T005 25 031 99 WST 82 KIT2 Description Thermal stripping tool 80 W, 24 V with flexcord for wider operation range Scope of supply: Thermal stripping tool WST 82 Brush V-Knife Set 4,25 mm x 2 mm Safety rest 1 T005 87 250 34 6 T005 87 257 36 2 3 4 5 6 7 Accessories WST 82 2 3 4 5 6 7 Order-no. T005 87 257 22 T005 87 257 26 T005 87 257 29 T005 87 257 32 T005 87 257 36 T005 87 257 42 Description Universal knife set 9 mm x 2 mm Knife set AWG AWG 12, 16, 24 (2,0, 1,3, 0,51 mm) Knife set AWGAWG 12, 14, 24, 26 (2,0, 1,6, 0,51, 0,4 mm) Knife set AWG AWG 14, 18, 22, 26 (1,6, 1,02, 0,64, 0,4 mm) V-Knife set AWG 4,25 mm x 2 mm Cutting knife set, width 23 mm 23 mm 85 Accessories Desoldering Pumps With the hand-held desoldering pumps a vacuum is produced by means of a piston, cylinder and spring force. The piston is tensioned manually and secured automatically. The piston is moved back suddenly by pressing the release button and a vacuum is created briefly so that the soldered joint is freed of liquid solder. SA 21A Manual desoldering pump Length 200 mm Metal housing antistatic Order-no. SA21A Model SA 21A Description Manual desoldering pump SA 21A1 Entlotspitze antistatisch fur SA 21A Model PS 100A Description Manual desoldering pump PS 1001A Desoldering tip antistatic for PS 100A Model PS 200A Description Manual desoldering pump PS 2001A Desoldering tip antistatic for PS 200A Accessories: PS 100A Manual desoldering pump Length 150 mm Strong vacuum, minimal rebound Metal housing antistatic (mit Spitze PS 1001A) Order-no. PS100A Accessories: PS 200A Manual desoldering pump Length 200 mm Strong vacuum, minimal rebound Metal housing antistatic (with tip PS 2001A) Order-no. PS200A Accessories: 86 Accessories Vakuum-Pen For easy pick and place of delicate SMD components. The vacuum pen avoids stress and damages to the leads. The versatile compact sized pen is independent from compressed air or batteries. WLSK 200 Vacuum-Pen Order-no. WLSK200 Model WLSK 200 Description Vacuum-Pen Accessories: WLSK200T18 WLSK200T38 KDS260S KDS260M KDS260L WLSKT 18 WLSKT 38 KDS 260S KDS 260S KDS 260L Replacement with tip, rubber 3,2 mm Replacement with tip, rubber 9,5 mm Replacement rubber O 3,2 mm Replacement rubber O 6,4 mm Replacement rubber O 9,5 mm Model SD 1000 Description Solder Dispenser SD 1000 Solder Dispenser For use of coils up to 1000 g and Length 95 mm, core O > 17 mm Length 70 mm, core O > 12 mm Length 84 mm, core O < 12 mm Order-no. T005 13 017 99 ABW 2 Extension for additional reel For use of coils up to 1000 g and Length 95 mm, core O > 17 mm Length 70 mm, core O > 12 mm Length 84 mm core O < 12 mm Order-no. Model T005 13 013 99 ABW 2 Description Extension for additional reel, to be fixed on SD 1000 87 Accessories Cleaning Tools The solution for cleaning from lead free solder! When using lead free it will be experienced an increased oxidation in the wettable area of the tip. These oxides must be removed regularly otherwise it will make the tip completely unwettable and not usable anymore. When cleaning the tip by means of the Weller WDC Dry Cleaner a special brass wool is used. First the surplus solder is removed by tapping the tip on the soft edge of the collector box.The final cleaning is then done by pushing and turning the tip in the brass wool. After cleaning there is still a fine rest of solder on the tip avoiding fast oxidation of the iron layer which is an advantage versus the cleaning by the wet sponge. The brass wool can be soaked in flux which may improve even the performance. Further informations for cleaning you can find on page 154/155. WDC Dry cleaner No-clean Flussmittel Minimierung der Spitzenerosion Flussmittelanteil: 3,5 % Verdoppelung der Lotspitzenstandzeiten Superior wetting properties Reduced spring effect - less solder splashes Order-no. Model T005 15 124 99 WDC Accessories: T005 13 840 99 T005 13 824 99 Description Trockenreiniger fur Lotspitzen mit Messing Reinigungswolle Brass cleaning wool for WDC (2 pieces) Metal wool for WDC 2 (2 pieces) WDC 2 Dry cleaner Order-no. Model T005 15 125 99 WDC 2 Accessories: T005 13 841 99 T005 13 825 99 Description Dry Cleaner for WDH safety rests with brass cleaning wool Brass cleaning wool for WDC (2 pieces) Metal wool for WDC 2 (2 pieces) Stainless steel brush Order-no. Model T005 13 827 99 88 Description Stainless steel brush (3 pieces) Accessories WPB 1 Grindstone Cleaning only possible in cold state of the soldering tip. Further informations for cleaning you can find on page 154/155. Order-no. Model WPB1 WPB1 Description Grindstone for removal of compact oxid films on soldering tips. WSW Lead free solder wire for longer tip lifetime Soldering wire with integrated flux core Superior wetting properties Cost reduction due to reduction in tip change frequency Not flux soaked - no process pollution Reduced spring effect - less solder splashes Reduction of service costs for removing of oxidised layers Further informations for cleaning you can find on page 154/155. Order-no. T005 13 842 99 T005 13 843 99 T005 13 845 99 Model WSW WSW WSW Description Lotdraht O 0,5 mm, 250 g Lotdraht O 0,8 mm, 250 g Lotdraht O 1,0 mm, 250 g Model Tip-Activator Description For regeneration of oxidized tips. Tip-Activator Cleaning only possible in hot state of the soldering tip. Further informations for cleaning you can find on page 154/155. Order-no. T005 13 031 99 89 Accessories Cleaning Tools 1 WDC Dry cleaner 2 3 Further informations for cleaning you can find on page 154/155. 1 2 3 4 Order-no. T005 15 126 99 Scope of supply: T005 15 124 99 T005 13 031 99 T005 13 827 99 WPB 1 4 Model WDC Description Dry cleaner WDC Weller Dry Cleaner Tip Activator Stainless steel brush Grindstone 1 WDC 2 Dry cleaner 2 Further informations for cleaning you can find on page 154/155. Order-no. T005 15 127 99 Scope of supply: 1 T005 15 124 99 2 T005 13 031 99 3 T005 13 827 99 3 Model WDC 2 Description Dry cleaner WDC 2 Weller Dry Cleaner Tip Activator Stainless steel brush The desoldering wires consists of a copper net with flux. The special surface treatment allows efficient solder removal. Desoldering Wires 90 Order-no. T005 13 010 99 T005 13 011 99 T005 13 012 99 Model Desoldering wire Desoldering wire Desoldering wire Description 1,6 m coil, width 1,5 mm 1,6 m coil, width 2 mm 1,6 m coil, width 2,5 mm T005 13 028 99 Desoldering wire 15 m coil, width 2,5 mm T005 13 026 99 T005 13 027 99 Desoldering wire Desoldering wire 30 m coil, width 1,5 mm 30 m coil, width 2 mm Accessories Liquid flux Without brush. Typ 1.1.3.AF-SW32, EN29 454 Remaining flux is not corrosive Order-no. T005 13 061 99 Description Liquid flux (100 ml) Order-no. T005 13 826 99 Description Liquid flux RMA (15 ml) Liquid flux With brush The Spot-Mask is a material to protect connectors of PCBs from tinning during the reflow process. For manual rework the Spot-Mask is easily applied and removed. Mechanical fixture after 6 min, hardened after 2-3 hours by 20C, 1 hour by 95C. Spot-Mask Stockable 12 months. Suitable for lead free applications. Order-no. SM15748BK Model Spot-Mask Description Suitable for lead free applications. Extension cord Order-no. T005 32 099 99 T005 25 098 99 T005 26 098 99 Description Extension cord 2-wire, 4 m for,Soldering iron TCPS Extension cord 5-wire, 4 m, up to 50 W for Soldering iron LR 21, MLR 21, WTA 50 Extension cord 7-wire, 3 m, up to 80 W, for Soldering iron WMP, WP 80, WSP 80 91 Why Fume Extraction ? Many work environments today, including soldering, adhesives, welding and laser applications, create particles and gases that can be harmful to the work place and the environment. Most people thought that the move to leadfree soldering would be more nature friendly. In reality leadfree soldering smoke emissions contain more breathable fine dust particles. More and smaller particles are produced due to the higher working temperatures required and because more flux is used in the soldering process. In many countries legal regulations governing clean air in the work place require that hazardous substances are removed from the air in order to avoid harmful effects on people and machines. It is important to use the correct safety equipment to remove these hazardous substances. Fine particles are more dangerous to inhale than big particles as they get caught more easily and block the alveoli in the lungs. To protect the operator it is important to use an extraction system that is able to separate these particles and gases and then re-circulates the cleaned air back into the work place. This saves energy and reduces energy costs. The smaller the particles are, the deeper they penetrate into the respiratory system The deeper the particles penetrate, the higher are the health risks The smallest particles travels via alveoli into the bloodstream Fine dust accumulation in the human body Heavy dust Sand Fog Hair Fibres Pollen Bacteria Pigments Smog Asbestos dust Viruses Fine dust filter EN 779 for standard applications 10.000 m F5 Fine dust filter EN 779 F 7 for applications with high flux content. 100 m HEPA Filter EN 1822 H 12 HEPA Filter EN 1822 H 13 Filter for clean rooms 1000 - 100 10 m 5 m > 1 m < 0,5 m 90 minutes soldering with leadfree solder wire before 92 after Fume Extraction Pollution concentration Filter process Increasing soldering temperature causes higher pollutant concentration of small particles! WFE, WFE P WFE 20D, WFE 2S, WFE 4S, WFE 8S, WFE 2ES WFE 2X 600 Leadfree solder 340 C 2. + 3. 1. 500 400 200 100 0 0,1 2. or 3. Million particles pro m3 300 2. or 3. Leadfree solder 310 C 1. Particle size in m 0,5 2,5 12,5 Filter drawings not true to original Filter classes and recommended applications 1. Fine dust filter For standard applications with a small amount of flux and pollution gases with high solid content, Weller offers filter classes F 5 or F 7. 2. Compact filter consisting of: HEPA filter Filter particles up to 0,3 m. Weller(R) offers HEPA (High Efficiency Particulate Air) filters of class H 12 and H 13, medium filtration efficiency 99,5% / 99,95%. Wide band gas filter Wide band gas filter For cleaning harmful fumes and vapours. The Weller wide band gas filter consists of 50% active carbon and 50% Puratex. Harmful gases with a high molecular weight are cleaned by the active carbon. Puratex it suitable for absorbing gases of lower molecular weight. Because of its composition, Puratex is able to convert a large number of chemical pollutants by means of molecular modification into non-polluting gases. Medium filtration efficiency Em % against particle size 0,12 m 100 97 % 90 >99,5 % >99,95 % 80 70 60 95 % 50 40 30 20 10 0 Filter class F5 F7 H 12 H 13 3. Gas filter (option) The gas filter is used for extracting adhesive fumes and solvents. Experience has shown that filtring suspended particles is not so vital in this respect. The gas filter is filled with 50% active carbon and 50% Puratex. The HEPA H 12 and H 13 is omitted. 93 Solutions for Fume Extraction - For clean air Weller offers two extraction solutions: Volume Extraction Larger areas can be covered Low maintenance Mobile Quick & easy installation Economic for 1 to 8 work places Remote control More suitable for applications involving, for example, solder baths, hot air soldering, micro solders and gluing work. Weller offers various mobile systems that purify the air up to a maximum of 8 workplaces. Weller Easy-Click-60 Example for installation Set up your volume extraction solution with our new configurator for iPad: Tip Extraction Less investment per work place Collect pollution direct at source Up to 20 collection points with one system (200 m apart) Ergonomic friendly with easy access to work piece No noise Minimal air movement Weller(R) FE (Fume extraction) soldering irons have a smoke tube integrated into the handle. When soldering the tube is positioned directly above the joint and collects any fumes produced. Fume extraction attachments can be retro fitted to non fume extraction 94 Fume Extraction Volume extraction with extraction arms Low underpressure High volume flow rate For 1 extraction arm o 60 - Volume flow rate = 50 - 80 [m3/h] - Underpressure = 300 - 700 [Pa] For 6 extraction arms o 60 - Volume flow rate = 300 - 480 [m3/h] - Underpressure = 300 - 700 [Pa] Weller Easy-Click-60 connection elements for quick and easy installation for volume extraction The tube is positioned directly above the joint and collects any fumes produced. High underpressure Low volume flow rate For 1 FE soldering iron - Volume flow rate = 1 - 1,5 [m3/h] - Underpressure = 10.000 [Pa] For 25 soldering irons - Volume flow rate = 25 - 30 [m3/h] - Underpressure = 10.000 [Pa] 95 Volume Extraction WFE 2ES Spare filter WFE 2X Sloped nozzle Accessory Fine dust filter F 5 Sloped nozzle Pre filter box HEPA Filter H13 and active carbon Pocket filter for pre filter box Set (F 5 + H 12) Funnel nozzle Trolley with wheels Extraction arms Sets Hanging deviar KIT 1 WF Nozzle sloped 60 mm KIT 1 S WF KIT 1 WF Funnel KIT 1 WF 32 KIT 1 WF 60 Remote control Accessories Installation Extraction arm 96 Extraction arm 32 mm incl. nozzel Adapter Kit 50-60 mm WFV Stop valve Extraction hose 1 m, 3 m, 5 m Adapter 60/50 Remote control WFE 4S Spare filter Adapter Fume Extraction WFE 2S Filter Fine dust filter F 5 T005 87 359 37 (4V) T005 87 358 37 (6V) Pre filter box Fine dust filter F 7 T005 87 359 38 (4V) T005 87 358 36 (6V) Pocket filtering ash Filtering ash for sticky of arrears o 75 mm on Easy-Click 60 Compact filter T005 87 359 36 (4V) T005 87 358 38 (6V) End cap Interface cable Easy-Click 60, 60 mm Female adapter Male adapter Compact filter for adhesive fumes T005 87 358 95 (4V) T005 87 358 35 (6V) T-piece with 2 male and 1 female adapter RS 232 Hose connector, angle Hose connector, straight 97 Volume Extraction Technical data WFE 2ES Dimensions L x B x H (mm): 320 x 320 x 395 Weight 9kg Voltage 230V, 50Hz / 120 V, 60 Hz Sound level in 1m Electrical power 115 VA WFE 2X 460 x 610 x 210 15kg 100-240 V, 60 Hz 54dB (A) 175 VA Max. volume 100 m3/h Max. vacuum 1800 Pa 2.300 Pa Max. capacity Fine dust filter 220 m3/h 100 m3/h Filter 98 Fine dust filter F 5 HEPA Filter H13 and active carbon (Set F 5 + H 12) HEPA Filter H 13, wide band gas filter (50% active carbon, 50% Puratex) Dimensions L x B x H (mm): WFE 4S 320 x 320 x 395 Weight 19kg Voltage 230 V/50 Hz (120 V/ 60 Hz) Sound level in 1m Electrical power Fume Extraction WFE 2S 450 x 450 x 650 40 kg 230 V / 50 Hz 51 dB (A) in 1 m 275 VA 460 VA Max. volume 230 m3/h 615 m3/h Max. vacuum 2700 Pa 2800 Pa Max. capacity 230 m3/h 615 m3/h Fine dust filter Fine dust filter F 7 Filter Compact filter HEPA filter H 13 EN 1822 and 50% active carbon, 50% Puratex Fine dust filter F 7 Compact filter HEPA filter H 13, active carbon, 50% Puratex 99 Volume Extraction Low maintenance Flexible Quick and easy installation For different applications For applications where volume extraction is more suitable, e.g. solder baths, hot air soldering, micro solders and gluing work, Weller offers the mobile systems WFE 2S and WFE 4S. The units purify the air upto 8 workplaces. A wide range of accessory is available for each system. WFE 2S For upto 4 workplaces Order-no. Model T005 36 266 99 WFE 2S Scope of supply: 100 Description Mobile fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz, for volume extraction with built in turbine Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz Filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band gas filter 50% active carbon / 50% Puratex) Fine dust filter F 7 Fume Extraction WFE 2S Includes adhesive fume filter For upto 4 workplaces Order-no. Model T005 36 466 99 WFE 2S Scope of supply: Description Mobile fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz for volume extraction with built in turbine with adhesive fume filter Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz Filter for adhesive fumes (wide band gas filter 50% active carbon / 50% Puratex) Fine dust filter F 7 101 Volume Extraction WFE 2S Kit 1 For upto 4 workplaces Set with 1 Extraction arm and Sloped nozzle Order-no. Model T005 36 436 89 WFE 2S Kit 1 Scope of supply: T005 36 266 99 WFE 2S Kit 1 T005 36 572 99 Consists of: T005 36 578 99 T005 36 577 99 T005 36 574 99 T005 36 575 99 T005 36 576 99 Description Mobile fume extraction kit 230 V / 50 Hz for 1 workplace - upgrading to 4 workplaces possible with further accessories Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz Compact filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band gas filter 50% active carbon / 50% Puratex) Fine dust filter F 7 Kit 1 WF Sloped 60 for volume extraction (50% Active carbon , 50% Puratex) Extraction arm Sloped nozzle Stop valve Bench mounting bracket Extraction hose WFE 2S Kit 2 For upto 4 workplaces Set with 2 Extraction arms and Sloped nozzle Order-no. Model T005 36 456 89 WFE 2S Kit 2 Scope of supply: T005 36 266 99 WFE 2S Kit 2 2 x T005 36 572 99 Consists of: 2 x T005 36 578 99 2 x T005 36 577 99 2 x T005 36 574 99 2 x T005 36 575 99 2 x T005 36 576 99 102 Description Mobile fume extraction kit 230 V / 50 Hz for 1 workplace - upgrading to 4 workplaces possible with further accessories Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz Compact filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band gas filter 50% active carbon / 50% Puratex) Fine dust filter F 7 KIT 1 WF Sloped 60 for volume extraction Extraction arm Sloped nozzle Stop valve Bench mounting bracket Extraction hose Fume Extraction WFE 2ES Set For max. 2 workplaces Set with 1 Extraction arm and Funnel nozzle Economy solution Order-no. Model T005 36 516 89 WFE 2ES Set Scope of supply: T005 36 506 99 WFE 2ES T005 36 571 99 Consists of: T005 36 578 99 T005 36 577 99 T005 36 574 99 T005 36 575 99 T005 36 576 99 Description Mobile solution for volume extraction for max. 2 workplaces, quick and easy to install for 1 workplace Fume extraction unit - Compact filter, consists of: HEPA filter H 12, active carbonate foam, Fine dust filter F 5 KIT 1 WF Funnel 60 for volume extraction Extraction arm Sloped nozzle Stop valve Bench mounting bracket Extraction hose WFE 2ES For max. 2 workplaces Economy solution Order-no. Model T005 36 506 99 WFE 2ES Description Fume extraction unit 230 V with wide band gas filter 103 Volume Extraction WFE 2X Kit For max. 2 workplaces Set with 1 Extraction arm and Sloped nozzle Order-no. Model T005 36 589 99 WFE 2X Kit Scope of supply: T005 36 588 99 WFE 2X T005 36 579 99 Consists of: T005 36 598 99 T005 36 575 99 T005 36 576 99 T005 36 577 99 Description Mobile fume extraction unit 100-240 V with Sloped stativ extraction arm for 1 workplace Fume extraction unit 100-240 V / 50/60 Hz KIT 1 WF 60 Sloped stativ extraction arm for volume extraction Stativ extraction arm without valve Bench mounting bracket Extraction hose Sloped nozzle WFE 2X For max. 2 workplaces Order-no. Model T005 36 588 99 WFE 2X Scope of supply: 104 Description Fume Extraction Unit 230 V / 50 Hz for volume extraction WFE 2X Fume extraction unit 100-240 V / 50/60 Hz Active carbon (HEPA Filter H13, wide band gas filter (50% Active carbon / 50% Puratex) Fume Extraction WFE 4S For upto 6 workplaces 1 connection included Further connections must be ordered separately Order-no. Model T005 36 256 99 WFE 4S Description Mobile fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz, for volume extraction with built in turbine Scope of supply: T005 87 358 38 T005 87 358 37 Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz Compact filter, consists of HEPA filter H 13 and wide band gas filter (50% Active carbon, 50% Puratex) Fine dust filter F 5 WFE 4S Fume extraction with adhesive fume filter For upto 6 workplaces 1 connection included Further connections must be ordered separately Order-no. Model T005 36 496 99 WFE 4S Scope of supply: T005 87 358 35 T005 87 358 37 T005 87 358 37 Description Mobile fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz, for volume extraction with built in turbine and adhesive fume filter Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz Compact filter for adhesive fumes (wide band gas filter 50% active carbon / 50% Puratex) Fine dust filter F 55 Fine dust filter F 5 105 Accessoires Volume Extraction: Extraction Arm Sets Easy Click 60 Kit 1 WF 32 Microscope extraction arm With sloped nozzle Order-no. T005 87 627 70 Model Kit 1 WF 32 Description Easy-Click-60 Mikroskop Extraction arm O 32 mm, Set flexibel, length1 m Consists of: Stop valve Bench mounting bracket Extraction hose flexibel 3 m Extraction arm O 32 mm mit sloped nozzle Easy Click 60 Kit 1 WF Funnel With funnel Order-no. T005 36 571 99 Model Kit 1 WF Description Easy-Click-60 Extraction arm with funnel, width 230 mm, height 100 mm, Set flexible, O 60 mm, length 1 m Consists of: Stop valve Bench mounting bracket Extraction hose flexibel 3 m Extraction arm O 60 mm with funnel Easy Click 60 Kit 1 WF Nozzle With sloped nozzle Order-no. T005 36 572 99 Model Kit 1 WF Description Easy-Click-60 Extraction arm with sloped nozzle, 60 mm, length 1 m Consists of: Stop valve Bench mounting bracket Extraction hose flexibel 3 m Extraction arm o 60 mm with sloped nozzle 106 ESD Fume Extraction Easy Click 60 Kit 1S WF Nozzle With sloped nozzle Order-no. T005 36 579 99 Model Description Kit 1S WF Easy-Click-60 2 joint aluminium arm with sloped nozzle, with stop valve, length 1,5 m Consists of: Stop valve Bench mounting bracket Extraction hose flexibel 3 m Extraction arm o 60 mm with sloped nozzle Easy Click 60 Kit 1S WF Funnel With funnel nozzle Order-no. T005 87 627 63 Model Description Kit 1 WF 60 Easy-Click-60 Extraction arm with funnel nozzle, with stop valve, length 1,20 m Consists of: Stop valve Bench mounting bracket Extraction hose flexibel 3 m Extraction arm o 60 mm with funnel nozzle 107 Accessories Volume Extraction: Extraction Arms Flachenabsaugung Easy Click 60 Extraction arm Order-no. T005 36 578 99 Description Extraction arm, flexible, O 60 mm for sloped and funnel nozzles, length 1 m Easy Click 60 WF 32 O 32 mm Order-no. T005 36 580 99 Description ESD microscope extraction arm, flexible, O 32 mm Easy Click 60 Joint - extraction arm Order-no. T005 36 598 99 108 Description Aluminium stativ extraction arm, incl. bench mounting bracket, ESD safe 200 mm Fume Extraction 300 mm 200 mm 0 mm 100 mm 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 300 mm 200 mm 100 mm 0 mm 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm 100 mm 200 mm Easy Click 60 Funnel nozzle 300 mm 300 mm 200 mm 100 mm 100 mm 200 mm 300 mm Order-no. Model T005 36 573 99 WF 60 Description Funnel nozzle for flexible and stativ extraction arm, width 230 mm, high 100 mm Order-no. Model T005 36 577 99 WF 60 Description Sloped nozzle for flexible and stativ extraction arm Easy Click 60 Sloped nozzle Remote control Order-no. T005 87 359 09 Description For WFE 2S, WFE 4S RS 232 Interface cable Order-no. T005 31 191 09 300 mm Description Interface cable RS 232, 2 m (78.74 in) for remote control or monitoring by PC (type 1:1) (T005 87 359 09) 109 Accessories Volume Extraction Pre filter box For WFE 2S + 4S Order-no. T005 87 358 62 Description For Volume Extraction (Filters must be ordered separately, see page 16) Scope of supply: Filter box 2 x Hose connector 60 Order-no. T005 87 627 57 Description Pre filter box for WFE 2X, Pre filter for large fine dust quantities Pocket filtering ash F 8 for Pre filter box (5 pieces) Order-no. T005 36 591 99 Description Hanging deviar for WFE 2X. For fixing WFE 2X on the work table. Pre filter box For WFE 2X Hanging deviar for WFE 2X 110 Fume Extraction Trolley with wheels For WFE 2X Flexible Order-no. T005 36 592 99 Description Trolley with wheels for WFE 2X Exhaust connector For WFE 4S Order-no. T005 87 358 40 Description Exhaust connector DN 100 for WFE 4S Exhaust connector For WFE 2S Order-no. T005 87 359 15 Description Exhaust connector DN 75 for WFE 2S 111 Accessories Installation Volume Extraction Easy Click 60 Extension hose 1 m, 3 m, 5 m Order-no. T005 87 354 27 T005 36 576 99 T005 87 627 56 Description Extension hose 1 m Extension hose 3 m Extension hose 5 m Extension hose 60 Sold by metre Order-no. T005 87 620 36 Description Extension hose, heavy construction, sold by metre (max. length 15 m) Order-no. T005 87 627 68 Description Female adapter for installation e.g. stop valve on fume extraction units Easy Click 60 Female adapter Easy Click 60 Male adapter Order-no. T005 87 627 55 112 Description Male adapter for hose extension, O 60 mm Fume Extraction Easy Click 60 Hose connector, straight Order-no. T005 87 627 67 Description Hose connector, straight for WFE 2S / WFE 4S and pre filter box Order-no. T005 87 627 69 Description Hose connector, angle 90 for WFE 2S / WFE 4S and pre filter box Easy Click 60 Hose connector, angle 90 Easy Click 60 WFV Stop valve Order-no. T005 36 574 99 Description WFV Stop valve incl. bench mounting brackets 113 Accessories Installation Volume Extraction Easy Click 60 T-piece Order-no. T005 87 627 66 Description T-piece with 2 male connections and 1 female connection Easy Click 60 End Cap Order-no. T005 87 627 74 Description End Cap 60 mm click connections Hose connection 60 mm Order-no. T005 87 627 68 114 Description Hose connection 60 mm for flexible hose, sold by the metre T005 87 620 36, see page 112. Fume Extraction Hose adapter 50 - 60 mm Order-no. T005 87 627 53 Description Hose adapter for WFE 2ES -with Silikon O-Ring, O 50 mm. Connection for 60 mm flexible extraction hose for WFE 2ES Adapter o 75 mm Order-no. T005 87 627 71 Description Adapter o 75 mm for Easy-Click 60 Adapter 60/50 Order-no. Description T005 87 627 5060/50 Adapter for Easy Click 60 Extraction arms on 50 mm WFEMP50 power socket Hose clamp 50 - 70 mm Order-no. T005 87 358 79 Description Hose clamps 50 - 70 mm, 2 pieces, for securing extraction hose 50 mm 115 Volume Extraction Accessories Fume Extraction F5 Fine dust filter F 5 For WFE 2S, WFE 2S Kit 1, WFE 2S Kit 2 10 pieces Order-no. T005 87 359 37 Description Fine dust filter for WFE 2S F7 Fine dust filter F 7 For WFE 2S, WFE 2S Kit 1, WFE 2S Kit 2 10 pieces Order-no. T005 87 359 38 Description Fine dust filter for WFE 2S Compact filter For WFE 2S, WFE 2S Kit 1, WFE 2S Kit 2 Order-no. T005 87 359 36 Description Compact filter for WFE 2S, HEPA filter H 13 EN 1822 and 50% active carbon, 50% Puratex Wide band gas filter For WFE 2S, WFE 2S Kit 1, WFE 2S Kit 2 Order-no. T005 87 358 95 Description Compact filter for adhesive fume, wide band gas filter (50% active carbon, 50% Puratex) Filterset H 12 For WFE 2ES Order-no. Description T005 87 627 01 Filterset H 12 with 10 Prefilter F 5, HEPA Filter H 12, wide band gas filter (10% active carbon) 116 Fume Extraction F5 Fine dust filter F 5 For WFE 2ES / CS 10 pieces Order-no. T005 87 627 03 Description Fine dust filter F 5 Compact filter For WFE 2X Order-no. T005 36 590 99 Description HEPA Filter H 13, wide band gas filter (50% active carbon / 50% Puratex) Pocket filtering ash F 7 For Pre filter box WFE 2X Order-no. T005 87 627 58 Description Pocket filtering ash for Pre filter box for WFE 2X Pocket filtering ash F 7 For Pre filter box For WFE 2S / 4S Order-no. T005 87 358 60 Description Pocket filtering ash F 7. For applications with a high fine dust rate. Order-no. T005 87 359 24 Description Filtering fine dust for sticky of arrears (e.g. large quantities of liquid flux) Filtring ash For Pre filter box For WFE 2S / 4S 117 Accessories Fume Extraction F5 Fine dust filter F 5 For WFE 20D und WFE 4S 10 pieces Order-no. T005 87 358 37 Description Fine dust filter F 5 F7 Fine dust filter F 7 For WFE 20D und WFE 4S 10 pieces Order-no. T005 87 358 36 Description Fine dust filter F 7 Compact filter For WFE 20D und WFE 4S Order-no. T005 87 358 38 Description Compact filter HEPA filter H 13, wide band gas filter (50% active carbon, 50% Puratex) Adhesive fume filter For WFE 4S For adhesive fumes Order-no. T005 87 358 35 118 Description Compact filter for adhesive fumes, wide band gas filter (50% active carbon, 50% Puratex) Volume extraction systems require a large volume of air to be extracted and the level of vacuum is of lesser importance. This means that a relatively large diameter pipe system is required. If the pipe diameter was too small the flow resistance would increase and extraction capacity reduced. The pipe system 75 allows installations up to 30 m with the WFE 4S uses in a stand alone system. The pipe sections are designed to stick together and have internal sealing bushes. *PEHD = Polyethylen high density, PE = Polyethylen. Pipe 2m Order-no. T005 87 358 70 Description Pipe 2 m, with seal at one end, plastic, PEHD black Right angle pipe 90 Order-no. T005 87 358 69 Description Right angle pipe, 90, 0,2 m, with seal at one end, plastic, PEHD black Order-no. T005 87 358 71 Description T-piece, 2 x 90, 0,5 m, with 3 seals, plastic, PEHD black T-piece 2 x 90 End seal Order-no. T005 87 358 55 Description End seal, PE, transparent Order-no. T005 87 358 64 Description Pipe clamps, PE, grey Pipe clamps Adapter Order-no. T005 87 358 63 T005 87 358 56 Description Adapter PEHD pipe system 75 to pipe system 50, with seals 2 seals Adapter PEHD pipe system 75 to pipe system 50, without seals 119 Fume Extraction Pipe System 75 Volume Extraction Tip Extraction WFE Spare filter WFE P Attachments and Accessories Safety rests Compressed air cleaning filter FE-Attachment KHP 81 Extraction hose 5 mm KHE 81 Locking clip Top Oben Compact filter Top Oben KHE / KHP 81 Second safety rest FE-Attachment FE Soldering Irons Compact filter for adhesive fumes Top FE 75 LT Soldering tips FE-Clip-Set Pipe O 6mm FE 80 HT Soldering tips FE-Clip-Set Pipe O 4,5 mm Oben Top Oben Fine dust filter F 7 Rohrsystem 50 und Zubehor Pipe 2 m Double socket 120 Right angle pipe 0, 0,2 m T-piece 2 x 90, 0,5 m End seal Branch 2 x 45, 0,3 m Pipe clamps Fume Extraction WFE 20D Interface cable Remote control Exhaust connector RS 232 DN 100 Accessories Spare filter Extraction hose 40, 1 m complete with 2 connectingelements Extension hose 5,0 m, DN 17 Fine dust filter F 5 Fine dust filter F 7 Extraction hose 40, sold by metre Connection nipplel DN 17 + Nut G 3/8" for connection nipple Connetion element Compact filter Adapter DN 17 for connection extension hose 17 with 5 mm hose of FE iron End cap Connection nipple for 5 mm hose of FE iron for direct connection to pipe system 121 Tip Extraction The Weller Zero-Smog Systems put an end to air pollution caused by soldering, adhesives and laser work. In all of these applications fumes or fine particles are released into the work place atmosphere which are hazardous to staff exposed to them. The Weller Zero-Smog Systems' combination of pumps, electronic controls and filters removes this hazard. Tip Extraction Weller FE soldering irons have an integral smoke tube mounted in the handle. It is positioned directly above the joint during the soldering process to collect any fumes generated. Fume extraction irons can be connected to Weller ZeroSmog Systems WFE and WFE P bench mounted units driving up to 2 irons or WFE 20D mobile unit driving up to 20 irons. Fume extraction attachments can be retro fitted to non fume extraction Weller soldering irons. WFE For 1 soldering iron Compressed air operated ESD safe Order-no. Model T005 36 402 99 WFE Description Portable fume extraction unit for tip suction, compressed air operated Scope of supply: Fume extraction unit Compressed air cleaning filter Compact filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band gas filter 50% active carbon / 50% Puratex) Fine dust filter F 7 Order-no. Model T005 36 386 99 WFE P Description Portable fume extraction unit for tip suction with built in pump (do not use for 24 h continuous operation) Scope of supply: Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz Compact filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band gas filter 50% active carbon / 50% Puratex) Fine dust filter F 7 low sound level WFE P For 1 soldering iron With built in pump ESD safe 122 low sound level Fume Extraction WFE 20D For 20 soldering irons With built in turbine ESD safe Order-no. Model T005 36 476 99 WFE 20D Description Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz, for tip suction with built in turbine Scope of supply: Fume extraction unit 230 V / 50 Hz Compact filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band gas filter 50% active carbon / 50% Puratex) Fine dust filter F 7 low sound level 123 Accessories Tip Extraction FE 75 Set Order-no. T005 33 151 99 Model FE 75 Set Description FE-Soldering iron Set 80 W / 24 V Scope of supply: T005 29 166 99 FE 75 T005 15 020 99 KH 20 T005 87 447 28 T005 25 409 99 FE-Soldering iron 80 W / 24 V with soldering tip LT B Sicherheitsablage Funnel for FE 75 Cleaning brush for FE tube Order-no. T005 26 162 99 Description FE-Lotkolben 80 W / 24 V FE 80 Model FE 80 Scope of supply: FE 80 FE-Soldering iron 80 W / 24 V with soldering tip HT B T005 87 337 59 Funnel for FE 80 T005 25 409 99 Cleaning brush for FE tube Please order related safety rest separately! Accessories for FE-soldering irons Safety rest KH 20 Order-no. T005 15 020 99 Description KH 20 Safety rest Order-no. T005 36 352 99 Description Locking clip for extraction hose Order-no. T005 25 410 00 Description Extraction hose (spare), by metre, 5 mm Locking clip Extraction hose 124 Fume Extraction FE attachments A range of FE attachments is available to fit to Weller soldering and desoldering irons to convert standard products to fume extraction versions. The attachments are supplied with all necessary fittings and hoses. The performance of the retro fitted tools is not affected. Order-no. T005 25 125 99 Description FE-attachment for LR 21, LR 82, TCPS, W 61, W 101, WP 200, WXP 200 WSP 150 only with safety rest AK 1 T005 28 126 99 FE-attachment for WSF 80D5/D8 for AKS safety rest T005 13 125 99 FE-attachment for DS 22, DS 80 and DSX 80 desoldering iron Universal FE attachments For Weller soldering irons WP 80, WSP 80, WMP, WMRP, MLR 21 or soldering irons with handle diameter O 10-13 mm. Clip will be fasten with an O-ring to the soldering iron. Order-no. T005 87 448 75 Description FE-Clip-Set for FE-attachment, tube O 4,5 mm T005 29 186 99 FE-attachment with tube O 6 mm for WSP 80, WP 80, MLR 21, WMP T005 29 214 99 FE-attachment with tube, O 6 mm for WXP 65 and WXP 120 T005 87 448 76 Order-no. T005 29 185 99 FE-Clip-Set for FE-attachment, tube O 6,0 mm Description FE-attachment with tube O 4,5 mm, for WMRP and WSP 80, WP 80, MLR 21, MLR 80, WMP, for fine soldering applications Safety rest WDH 50 With Stop+Go function Order-no. Model T005 15 156 99 WDH 50 Description Safety rest with Stop+Go function for WMRP iron with FE-attachment 125 Accessories Tip Extraction Compressed air cleaning filter Top Oben For WFE and WFE P Order-no. T005 87 357 57 Description Compressed air cleaning filter (active carbon) Compact filter Top Oben For WFE and WFE P Order-no. T005 36 410 99 Description Compact filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band gas filter 50% active carbon / 50% Puratex) Compact filter For adhesive fumes For WFE and WFE P Top Oben Order-no. T005 36 407 99 Description Compact filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band gas filter 100% active carbon Fine dust filter F 7 For WFE and WFE P 10 pieces Top Oben Order-no. T005 36 421 99 Description Fine dust filter F7 Compact filter For WFE 20D Order-no. T005 87 358 38 126 Description Compact filter (HEPA filter H 13 and wide band gas filter 50% active carbon / 50% Puratex) Fume Extraction F5 Fine dust filter F 5 For WFE 20D 10 pieces Order-no. T005 87 358 37 Description Fine dust filter F 5 for WFE 20D F7 Fine dust filter F 7 For WFE 20D 10 pieces Order-no. T005 87 358 36 Description Fine dust filter F 7 for WFE 20D Pipe System 50 Tip extraction systems demand a high value and constant level of vacuum across the installation, the volume of air extracted is of lesser importance. To achieve this it is necessary to use a pipe system with relatively small diameter. The Weller pipe system 50 allows extraction installations of up to 200 m when used with the WFE 20D unit in a stand alone system. The pipe sections are designed to stick together and have internal sealing bushes. In a central system, the FE irons are connected directly to the fume extraction units. *PEHD = Polyethylen high density Pipe 50, 2 m Order-no. T005 36 323 99 Description Pipe 2 m, with seal at one end, plastic, PEHD black Order-no. T005 36 322 99 Description Right angle pipe 90, 0,2 m, with seal at one end, PEHD black Order-no. T005 36 344 99 Description T-piece 2 x 90, 0,5 m, with 3 seals, plastic, PEHD black Order-no. T005 36 321 99 Description Branch 2 x 45, 0,3 m, with 2 seals, plastic, PEHD black Right angle pipe 50, 90 T-piece 50 2 x 90 Branch 50 2 x 45 127 Accessories Tip Extraction Pipe clamps 50 Order-no. T005 36 329 99 Description Pipe clamps for 50-er pipe system, grey Order-no. T005 36 324 99 Description End seal, PE, transparent Order-no. T005 36 319 99 Description Double socket for pipe system 50, PEHD black End seal 50 Double socket 50 Extraction hose 40 Order-no. T005 36 316 99 Description Extraction hose 40, 1 m, O 40 mm, complete with 2 connecting elements Extraction hose 40 Order-no. T005 36 414 00 128 Description Extraction hose 40, O 40 mm, without connecting elements, sold by metre Fume Extraction Connection element 40-50 Extension hose DN 17 Connection nipple Order-no. T005 36 415 99 Description Connection element 40-50 Order-no. T005 36 326 99 Description Extension hose DN 17, 5 m Order-no. T005 36 338 99 Description Connection nipple for extraction hose 5 mm (T005 25 410 00) Order-no. T005 87 350 50 Description End cap for connection nipple (T005 36 338 99) End cap Adapter Order-no. T005 36 343 99 Description Adapter for connection extension hose 17 with 5 mm extraction hose (T005 36 326 99), 5 mm Connection nipple Order-no. T005 87 358 65 Description Connection nipple on extension hose DN 17 (T005 36 326 99) Order-no. T005 87 358 66 Description Nut G 3/8" for connection nipple (T005 87 358 99), 3 pieces Nut G 3/8" 129 Accessories Tip Extraction Safety Rests with Stop+Go function for FE Irons with WFE or WFE P The Weller safety rests with Stop+Go function are recommended accessories for FE irons using the WFE or WFE P extraction units. A fibre optic sensor switches the extraction unit on when the FE iron is removed from the safety rest and when the FE iron is replaced in the safety rest, after a short delay to gather the fumes from any solder on the tip it switches the unit off. This reduces running costs. KHP Order-no. Model T005 15 086 99 KHP Description Basic unit pneumatic (for WFE) safety rest with Stop+Go function with fibre optic sensor for FE 75 and FE 80 Order-no. Model T005 15 076 99 KHE Description Basic unit electric (for WFE P) safety rest with Stop+Go function with fibre optic sensor for FE 75 and FE 80 Order-no. Model T005 15 080 99 KHE/P Description Second safety rest with fibre optic sensor for extending to 2 workplaces Order-no. Model T005 15 168 99 KHP 81 Description Basic unit electric (for WFE) safety rest with Stop+Go function with fibre optic sensor for WSP 80, WP 80, WXP 65, WXP 120 KHE KHE/P KHP 81 130 Fume Extraction KHE 81 Order-no. Model T005 15 167 99 KHE 81 Description Basic unit electric (for WFE P) safety rest with Stop+Go function with fibre optic sensor Order-no. Model T005 15 167 99 KHE / KHP 81 Description Second safety rest with fibre optic sensor for extending to 2 workplaces KHE / KHP 81 KH 6 Order-no. T005 15 006 99 Model KH 6 Description Safety rest for FE 75, FE 80 WDH 30 Order-no. Model T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Description Safety rest for FE 75, FE 80 and LR 21, LR 82 and TCPS with FE attachment, DSX 80, HAP 1, HAP 200, WSP 150, WSFP 5/8 131 Weller Safety Rests - Overview AK 51 AKT 30 KH 4 KH 6 KH 18 KH 20 Tools KH 20 + FE 75 funnel KH 20 KH 25P KH 27 KHE/KHP KHE 81 / + FE 80 KHP 81 funnel Fast response WP 65 WP 120 WP 200 WXP 65 WXP 120 WXP 200 Silver Line FE 75 FE 80 MPR 80 WP 80 WSP 80 WSP 150 Active Tip WMRP WMRT WXMP WXMT Standard Line LR 21 WTA 50 Magnastat controlled low voltage soldering irons TCPS W 61 W 101 Desoldering irons DSX 80 DXV 80 WXDP 120 Hot air irons HAP 1 HAP 200 HAP 3000 Inert gas soldering irons WP 80IG/120IG Solder feeder system WSFP 5/8 Standard safety rest 132 Safety rest with Stop & Go function Alternative safety rest WDH 40 WDH 50 WDH 51 WDH 60 WDH 70 WPH 80 Accessory WDH 10 WDH 10T WDH 10P WDH 20 WDH 20T WDH 30 WDH 30T WDH 31 WMRTH 133 Active Tip Heating Technology Quick tip exchange without any tools E xtremely short heating time 100C/sec Energy saving by standby function Optimal reaction time Optimum for soldering applications Optimal tool where heating element and sensor are integrated in the soldering tip. By lowering the soldering joint temperature a faster reaction time is possible. With this tool the performance is exactly at the solder joint. WXMP Set 55 W, 12 V For WX stations Fine slim soldering iron. Ideal for microscope work. High performance by integrated active soldering tip. 3 1 RT Soldering tip series page 158 2 Order-no. T005 29 204 99 Model WXMP Set Description Micro soldering iron WXMP with safety rest Scope of supply 1 T005 29 203 99 WXMP 2 T005 44 603 99 RT 3 3 T005 15 171 99 WDH 51 Micro soldering iron WXMP 55 W, 12 V with Active Tip Heating Technology Standard soldering tip, chisel 1,3 x 0,4 mm Safety rest with brass wool WMRP Set 55 W, 12 V Fine slim soldering iron. Ideal for microscope work. High performance by integrated active soldering tip. 3 1 4 RT Soldering tip series page 158 2 Order-no. Model Description T005 29 190 99 WMRP Set Micro soldering iron WMRP with safety rest Scope of supply 1 T005 29 171 99 WMRP Micro soldering iron WMRP 55 W, 12 V mit with Active Tip Heating Technology 2 T005 44 603 99 RT 3Standard soldering tip, chisel 1,3 x 0,4 mm 3 T005 15 156 99 WDH 50 Safety rest with brass wool Accessory 4 T005 87 518 16Bracket can be plugged sidewards into the rest and hold 2 RT tips 134 Soldering WXMT Set 3 RTW Soldering tip series 2 1 page 159 Order-no. Model T005 13 178 99 WXMT Set Scope of supply 1 T005 13 177 99 WXMT 2 T005 44 652 99 RTW 2 3 T005 15 169 99 WDH 60 Desoldering 2 x 40 W, 12 V For WX stations Slim tweezers. Ideal for soldering and desoldering of very small SMD components. Description Micro desoldering tweezers WXMT with safety rest Micro desoldering tweezers 2 x 40 W, 12 V (hand piece without tips) with Active Tip Heating Technology Soldering tiplet, 0,7 x 0,4 mm, 45 Safety rest with brass wool WMRT Set 2 x 40 W, 12 V For rework stations WR 3M, WR 2 Slim tweezers. Ideal for soldering and desoldering of very small SMD components. 3 1 RTW Soldering tip series 2 page 159 Order-no. Model T005 13 173 99 WMRT Set Scope of supply 1 T005 13 174 99 WMRT 2 T005 44 652 99 RTW 2 3 T005 15 146 99 WMRTH Description Micro desoldering tweezers WMRT with safety rest Micro desoldering tweezers 2 x 40 W, 12 V (hand piece without tips) with Active Tip Heating Technology Soldering tiplet, 0,7 mm x 0,4 mm, 45 Safety rest with brass wool and Stop+Go Funktion 135 Response Heating Technology eneficial soldering tip prices B Max. heating transfer Soldering tip in optimized sensor position Fast reaction time Fast Response Heating Technology Due to an optimized sensor position a high perfomance is given. With a wide range of beneficial soldering tips these tools are an alternative to the micro soldering irons. WXP 65 Set 3 65 W, 24 V Small fast soldering iron with 65 W for for WX stations. Qualified for fine solder jobs with high heating demand. 1 XNT Soldering tip series 2 page 160 Order-no. T005 29 212 99 Model WXP 65 Set Scope of supply 1 T005 29 211 99 WXP 65 2 T005 44 851 99 XNT A 3 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Description Soldering iron WXP 65 with safety rest Soldering iron 65 W, 24 V with Fast Response Heating Technology Standard soldering tip, 1,6 x 0,4 mm Safety rest with brass wool WP 65 Set 3 65 W, 24 V Small fast soldering iron with 65 W. Qualified for fine solder jobs with high heating demand. 1 XNT Soldering tip series 2 page 160 Order-no. T005 29 216 99 Model WP 65 Set Scope of supply 1 T005 29 215 99 WP 65 2 T005 44 851 99 XNT A 3 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Description Set Soldering iron WP 65 with safety rest Soldering iron 65 W, 24 V with Fast Response Heating Technology Standard soldering tip, 1,6 x 0,4 mm Safety rest with brass wool Accessory for both sets: T005 87 657 58Barrel 136 Soldering WXP 120 Set 120 W, 24 V Allrounder with 120 watts. For soldering applications from small to large components with high temperature demand. 3 1 XT Soldering tip series page 162/163 2 Order-no. T005 29 202 99 Model WXP 120 Set Scope of supply 1 T005 29 201 99 WXP 120 2 T005 44 704 99 XT B 3 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Description Soldering iron WXP 120 with safety rest Soldering iron 120 W, 24 V with Fast Response Heating Technology Standard soldering tip, XT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm Safety rest with brass wool Accessory T005 87 657 11Barrel 3 WP 120 Solar 120 W, 24 V For solar modules 2,5 m connection cable 1 2 XT Soldering tip series page 162/163 Order-no. Model Description T005 29 207 99 WP 120 Solar Set Soldering iron WP 120 with 2,5 m connection cable Scope of supply 1 T005 29 207 99 WP 120 Solar Soldering iron 120 W, 24 V with Fast Response Heating Technology 2 T005 44 704 99 XT B Standard soldering tip, XT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm 3 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Safety rest with brass wool Accessory T005 87 637 44Spare barrel 137 Fast Response Heating Technology WP 120 Set 120 W, 24 V Allrounder with 120 watts. For soldering applications from small to large components with high temperature demand. 3 1 XT Soldering tip series page 162/163 2 Order-no. T005 29 194 99 Model WP 120 Set Scope of supply 1 T005 29 193 99 WP 120 2 T005 44 704 99 XT B 3 T005 15 161 99 WDH 10 T Description Soldering iron WP 120 with safety rest Soldering iron 120 W, 24 V with Fast Response Heating Technology Standard soldering tip, XT B, Chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm Safety rest with Stop & Go function with brass wool Accessory T005 87 657 09Spare barrel 138 Soldering WXP 200 Set 200 W, 24 V High Power soldering iron compatible to the WX stations. Ideal for applications with a high temperature demand e.g. LED backpanels or HF shieldings 3 1 2 XHT Soldering tip series page 164 Order-no. T005 29 206 99 Model WXP 200 Set Scope of supply 1 T005 29 205 99 WXP 200 2 T005 44 801 99 XHT D 3 T005 15 158 99 WDH 31 Description Soldering iron WXP 200 with safety rest Soldering iron 200 W, 24 V with Fast Response Heating Technology Standard soldering tip, 5,0 x 1,2 mm Safety rest with brass wool Accessory T005 87 637 25Barrel WP 200 Set 200 W, 24 V High Power soldering iron. Ideal for applications with a high temperature demand e.g. LED backpanels or HF shieldings 3 1 2 XHT Soldering tip series page 164 Order-no. T005 29 200 99 Model WP 200 Set Scope of supply 1 T005 29 199 99 WP 200 2 T005 44 801 99 XHT D 3 T005 15 158 99 WDH 31 Description Soldering iron WXP 200 with safety rest Soldering iron 200 W, 24 V with Fast Response Heating Technology Standard soldering tip,, 5,0 x 1,2 mm Safety rest with brass wool Accessory T005 87 637 25Barrel 139 Lotstationen Silver Line Heating Technology Effective heat transfer Wide soldering tip range Universal use Silver Line Heating Technology Approved heating technology with effective heat transfer. For all purpose industrial applications. A wide range of soldering tips is available. WSP 80 Set 3 80 W, 24 V Fast and precise reach of soldering temperature. Slim iron design For all purpose soldering jobs 2 LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 1 Order-no. T005 33 125 99 Model WSP 80 Set Description Soldering iron WSP 80 with safety rest Scope of supply 1 T005 29 161 99 WSP 80 Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V with Silver Line Heating Technology 2 T005 44 405 99 LT B Soldering tip chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm 3 T005 15 170 99 KH 18 Safety rest with sponge Accessory T005 87 447 10Barrel for WSP 80 (spare) WP 80 Set 3 80 W, 24 V Soldering iron WP 80 with short tip-to-grip design. Comfortable safety rest with 4 step varying inclination LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 2 1 Order-no. T005 29 181 99 Model WP 80 Set Description Soldering iron WP 80 with safety rest Scope of supply 1 T005 29 180 99 WP 80 Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V with Silver Line Heating Technology 2 T005 44 405 99 LT B Soldering tip chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm 3 T005 15 121 99 WDH 10 Safety rest with brass wool Accessory T005 87 448 46Barrel long, 55 mm T005 87 448 45Barrel short, 40 mm 140 Soldering 3 WSP 150 Set 150 W, 24 V For soldering applications with high temperature demand 1 2 LHT Soldering tip series page 172 Order-no. T005 29 189 99 Model WSP 150 Set Scope of supply 1 T005 29 170 99 WSP 150 2 T005 44 450 99 LHT F 3 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Description Soldering iron WSP 150 with safety rest Soldering iron 150 W, 24 V with Silver Line Heating Technology Soldering tip chisel 9,3 x 2,0 mm Safety rest with brass wool 3 MPR 80 Set 80 W, 24 V Soldering iron with an adjustable head up to 40 1 LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 2 Order-no. T005 33 131 99 Model MPR 80 Set Scope of supply 1 T005 29 163 99 MPR 80 2 T005 44 405 99 LT B 3 T005 15 033 99 KH 25P Description Soldering iron MPR 80 with safety rest Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V, with Silver Line Heating Technology Soldering tip chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm Safety rest with sponge Accessory T005 87 447 10Barrel for WSP 80 (spare) 141 Silver Line Heating Technology Weller FE soldering irons are specifically designed for tip extraction applications (tip extraction see page 120). The fume extraction tube is integrated to the iron and positioned above the soldering tip. Regardless the iron is ergonomical and allows precise work. The FE soldering irons are controlled electronically an can be connected to all Weller soldering sations except WX stations. Different perfomances and the wide range of Weller soldering tips gives a multi-puropse applications to the FE irons. Weller FE soldering irons are delivered with a 5,0 mm heat resistant fume extraction hose (2,5 mm). Irons are ESD safe. ESD 2 FE 75 Set 80 W, 24 V For tip extraction 1 LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 Order-no. T005 33 151 99 Model FE 75 Set Scope of supply 1 T005 29 166 99 FE 75 2 T005 44 405 99 LT B 3 T005 15 020 99 KH 20 T005 87 447 28 T005 25 409 99 Description Soldering iron FE 75 with safety rest FE-Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V with Silver Line Heating Transfer Soldering tip chisel 2,4 x 0,8 mm Safety rest with sponge Funnel for FE 75 Cleaning brush for extraction tube Accessory T005 87 447 10Barrel for FE 75 (spare) 142 Soldering FE 80 80 W, 24 V For tip extraction HT Soldering tip series page 174 Order-no. T005 26 162 99 Model FE 80 Description FE-Soldering iron Scope of supply T005 26 162 99 FE 80 T005 44 261 99 HT 2 T005 87 337 58 T005 25 409 99 Accessory T005 15 152 99 FE-Soldering iron 80 W, 24 V with Silver Line Heating Transfer Soldering tip Trichter fur FE 80 Cleaning brush for extraction tube WDH 30 Safety rest 3 LR 21 Set 50 W, 24 V For standard soldering applications 2 1 LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 Order-no. T005 29 187 99 Model LR 21 Set Scope of supply 1 T005 25 106 99 LR 21 2 T005 44 405 99 LT B 3 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 Description Soldering iron LR 21 with safety rest Soldering iron 50 W, 24 V with LT-B soldering tip adapter Standard soldering tip, LT B, 2,4 mm X 0,8 mm Safety rest with brass wool 143 Magnastat Soldering Iron The Magnastat system operates through a ferro-magnetic senor device which changes its characteristics whe specific temperatures are reached. This causes it to either attract or repel a permanant magnet which operates a power supply switch. In this way power to the heating element can be quickly switched on or off to either provide extra power. Magnastat Controlled Low Voltage Soldering Iron TCPS 50 W, 24 V 3 wire silicone cord and plug for Weller WTCP 51 Magnastat soldering station. Hard grounded LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 Order-no. Model T00 532 105 99 TCPS Description Magnastat Soldering iron 50 W, 24 V with adapter PT 7 (370C) and soldering tip LT M TCP 24 50 W, 24 V 2 wire silicone cord without plug No grounding possible LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 Order-no. Model T005 10 001 99 TCP 24 Description Magnastat Soldering iron 50 W, 24 V, with adapter PT 7 (370C) and soldering tip LT M TCP 42 45 W, 24 V 2 wire cord (4 m) without plug LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 Order-no. Model T005 10 055 71 TCP 42 Description Magnastat Soldering iron 45 W, 24 V, with adapter PT 7 (370C) and soldering tip LT M TCP 12 3 m cord with battery clamps e.g. for car battery LT Soldering tip series page 165-168 Order-no. Model T005 10 053 99 TCP 12 144 Description Magnastat Soldering iron 30/40 W, 12/14 V, with adapter PT 7 (370C) and soldering tip LT M Soldering Magnastat controlled line voltage soldering irons W 61 60 W, 230 V CT 5 Soldering tip series page 177 Order-no. Model T005 61 036 99 W 61 Description Line voltage soldering iron 60 W, 230 V, Magnastat controlled W101 100 W, 230 V Complete with soldering tip CT6E7 and safety rest CT 6 Soldering tip series page 178 Order-no. Model T005 61 046 99 W 101 Description Low voltage soldering iron 100 W, 230 V, Magnastat controlled W 101SP 100 W, 230 V Complete with welding wedge Teflon coated 50 x 40 x 4 mm, twist lock and safety rest Welding wedge spare page 178 Order-no. Model T005 61 096 99 W 101SP Description Line voltage soldering iron 100 W, 230 V, Magnastat controlled with welding wedge (260C-295C) W 201 200 W, 230 V Complete with soldering tip CT2F7 and safety rest CT 2 Soldering tip series page 179 Order-no. Model T005 61 056 99 W 201 Description Line voltage soldering iron 200 W, 230 V, Magnastat controlled 145 Unregulated Line Voltage Soldering Iron Robust heating elements of special steel between natural mica-leaves, embedded in cast ceramics and first-class material make the Weller SPI irons outstanding in technology and life-time. Ideal for professional applications in crafts and schools. SPI 16 15 W, 230 V Heating up time approx. 180 sec. Tip temperature approx. 360C SPI 16-Soldering tip series page 180 Order-no. Model T005 64 005 99 SPI 16 Description Line voltage soldering iron unregulated 15 W, 230 V Scope of supply Complete with soldering tip 4SPI15212 chisel tip 1,2 mm and safety rest SPI 27 25 W, 230 V Heating up time approx. 180 sec. Tip temperature approx. 410C SPI 27-Soldering tip series page 180 Order-no. Model T005 64 021 99 SPI 27 Description Line voltage soldering iron unregulated 25 W, 230 V Scope of supply Complete with soldering tip 4SPI26206 chisel tip 1,2 mm and safety rest 146 Soldering SPI 41 40 W, 230 V Heating up time approx. 180 sec. Tip temperature approx. 450C SPI 41-Soldering tip series page 180 Order-no. Model T005 64 037 99 SPI 41 Description Line voltage soldering iron unregulated 40 W, 230 V Scope of supply Complete with soldering tip 4SPI402224 chisel tip 2,0 mm and safety rest SPI 81 80 W, 230 V Heating up time approx. 180 sec. Tip temperature approx. 480C SPI 81-Soldering tip series page 180 Order-no. Model T005 64 053 99 SPI 81 Description Line voltage soldering iron unregulated 80 W, 230 V Scope of supply Complete with soldering tip 4SPI80237 chisel tip 5,0 mm and safety rest 147 Desoldering Iron The desoldering irons of the X-series feature a novel threadless deslodering nozzle fixture system whereby the nozzle is inserted into the head and locked into place by applying a 1/4 turn. This patented feature allows the deslodering nozzles to be quickly and easily exchanged and also improves the rate of thermal transfer from the desoldering head to the desoldering nozzle providing the tools with a faster heating up time and recovery rate. Together with a 80 watts heating element the desoldering iron is qualified for solder joints where a high temperature is required. Desoldering iron with external solder collector (DSX 80) for SMD components. For horizontal use, similar to normal soldering iron. Electronic temperature control. Micro finger switch for activating the vacuum pump. Various deslodering nozzles as well as CSF desoldering heads are available. 2 DSX 80 Set 80 W, 24 V With external solder collector For horizontal use 1 3/4 DX Desoldering nozzle series page 184 Order-no. Model T005 13 183 99 DSX 80 Set 1 2 3 4 Description Desoldering iron set 80 W, 24 V with threadless nozzle fixture system Scope of supply T005 13 190 99 DSX 80 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 T005 13 142 00 DX 112 T005 13 143 00 DX 113 T005 13 500 99 T005 13 603 99 Desoldering iron 80 W, 24 V Safety rest Nozzle inner o 1,0 mm Nozzle inner o 1,2 mm Nozzle inner Gaskets for glastube (10 pieces) Order-no. T005 13 604 99 Description Filter for glastube (10 pieces) Accessory 148 2 5 DXV 80 Set 80 W, 24 V Internal solder reservoir Internal solder reservoir 1 6 DX Nozzle series page 184 3/4 Order-no. Model T005 13 182 99 DXV 80 Set 1 2 3 4 5 6 Scope of supply T005 13 180 99 DXV 80 T005 15 153 99 WDH 40 T005 13 142 00 DX 112 T005 13 143 00 DX 113 T005 13 500 99 T005 87 418 15 Description Inline desoldering iron 80 W, 24 V with threadless nozzle fixture system Inline EntSoldering iron 80 W, 24 V Safety rest Nozzle inner o 1,0 mm Nozzle inner o 1,2 mm Nozzle inner Filter cardridge for DXV 80 (5 pieces) Cleaning set for DS, DSX nozzles For cleaning nozzles and for nozzle exchange Order-no. 005 13 500 99 Description Cleaning set complete Scope of supply 005 87 488 61 005 13 501 99 Handle Spare needle set, 0,6 mm / 0,9 mm / 1,4 mm / 1,9 mm Accessory 005 13 502 99 005 13 503 99 005 13 504 99 Spare needle set, 1 x 1,9 mm, 3 x 0,9 mm Spare needle set, 1 x 1,9 mm, 3 x 0,5 mm Spare needle set, 1 x 1,9 mm, 3 x 1,4 mm 149 Desoldering Inline desoldering iron with internal solder reservoir for vertical handling. Electronic temperature control. Micro finger switch controls quick start of fast action vacuum pump. Different nozzles and CSF heads are available. Desoldering Irons New products enlarge the WX family. A new WXD 2 desoldering station and a new WXDP desoldering iron. These tools are ideal for professional rework applications of the latest electronic components in the industrial operation. Typically for the WX stations: soldering and desoldering parameters can be saved easily on the iron. The WXDP 120 heats up within 35 sec. only. With stand-by function. WXDP 120 Set Available spring 120 W, 24 V High power desoldering iron Heat up time 35 sec only Set-back function Push and pull technolgy: cartridge change with one hand possible Programmable, intelligent WX desoldering iron 2 1 XDS-Nozzles page page 187 Order-no. T005 13 202 99 Scope of supply 1 T005 13 201 99 2 T005 15 172 99 150 Model Description WXDP 120 SetDesoldering iron 120 W, 24 V with excenter fixture WXDP 120 WDH 70 Desoldering iron 120 W, 24 V Safety rest with brass wool Desoldering WTA 50 Set 3 Tweezers 50 W, 24 V For desoldering of SMD components 1 WTA tips Seite 174 Order-no. T005 33 133 99 Scope of supply 1 T005 13 171 99 2 T005 44 141 99 3 T005 15 042 99 Model WTA 50 Set Description Tweezers WTA 50 with safety rest WTA 50 WTA 1 AK 51 Tweezers 2 x 25 W, 24 V Tip set, bent 45, 0,5 mm X 0,5 mm Safety rest 151 Hot Air Irons The hot air irons HAP 1 and HAP 200 work with a temperature range from 50-550C. They provide a directional hot air flow that is adjustable. Finger seitch controls adjustable pump. Different nozzles are available. HAP 1 Set 3 100 W, 24 V Temperature range 50C bis 550C Hot air flow ionic freei Activation by finger switch 1 Hot air nozzles page 188/189 2 Order-no. T005 27 118 99 Model HAP 1 Set Scope of supply 1 T005 27 115 99 HAP 1 2 T005 87 278 21 R 04 3 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 152 Description Hot air iron set 100 W, 24 V Hot air iron 100 W / 24 V with Hot air nozzle R 06 rund o 3,0 mm Hot air nozzle round o 1,2 mm Safety rest Hot air The hot air iron HAP 200 works with the rework station WR 3M only. 3 HAP 200 Set 200 W, 24 V Temperature range 50C bis 550C Activation by finger switch 1 2 Hot air nozzles page 188/189 Order-no. T005 27 117 99 Model HAP 200 Set Scope of supply 1 T005 27 116 99 HAP 200 2 T005 87 278 21 R 04 3 T005 15 152 99 WDH 30 T005 87 617 28 Description Hot air iron set 200 W, 24 V Hot air iron 200 W / 24 V with Hot air nozzle R 06 rund o 3,0 mm Hot air nozzle round o 1,2 mm Safety rest Adapter M6 for fur HAP 200 153 Recommended treatment of Soldering Tips Solutions for cleaning challenges with lead free solder! When using lead free it will be experienced an increased oxidation in the wettable area of the tip. These oxides must be removed regularly otherwise it will make the tip completely unwettable and not usable anymore. When cleaning the tip by means of the Weller WDC Dry Cleaner a special brass wool is used. First the surplus solder is removed by tapping the tip on the soft edge of the collector box.The final cleaning is then done by pushing and turning the tip in the brass wool. After cleaning there is still a fine rest of solder on the tip avoiding fast oxidation of the iron layer which is an advantage versus the cleaning by the wet sponge. The brass wool can be soaked in flux which may improve even the performance.. Why dry cleaning? Best cleaning effect Soldering tip will be cleaned but stays wetted Flux will be removed Safes from oxidation Less temperature shock Individuel cleaning methods Wet cleaning with cleaning sponge 154 Dry cleaning with steel or brass wool Soldering Tips Use all possiblities and accessories for lowering the soldering tip temperature Stand-by mode Auto-off mode Safety rests with Stop & Go function Tools with Acceleration sensor High power infra-red preheating plate Support for hand soldering processes without risking overheating Tip activator Regeneration of oxidized tips. Use when tip is hot. After use wet the soldering tip again - with Weller WSW Always use the lowest possible tip temperature and add sufficient solder to the tip before placing the iron back to the safety rest. Dry cleaning with WDC Soldering tip will be cleaned but stays wetted. Flux will be removed. Best treatment for soldering tips. Polishing bar WPB 1 Removes compact oxid films and regenerates tip surfaces when tip is cold. 155 Weller Summary Soldering Tips Soldering Tips XT XTR LTR ET XHT XNT RT RTW LT NT LHT HT WTA PT Soldering Tools Fast response WP 65 WMP WP 120 WP 200 WXP 65 WXP 120 WXP 200 Silver Line FE 75 FE 80 MPR 80 WP 80 WSP 80 WSP 150 Active Tip WMRP WMRT WXMP WXMT Standard Line LR 21 with Ad. LR 82 WTA 50 Unregulated Line Voltage Soldering Irons SPI 16,27,41,81 Magnastat Controlled Line Voltage Soldering Irons TCPS,TCP 12,TCP 24 with Ad. W 61,101,201 Desoldering Irons DS 22,80,DSV 80 DSX 80 DXV 80 WXDP 120 Hot Air IronsHAP 1,HAP 200 HAP 3000 Gas Powered Soldering Irons Pyropen Jr. Pyropen and P. Piezo WP 60 Inert Gas Soldering Irons WSP 80IG WSP 120IG Heating Elements HER 120 HER 80 156 XT Lotstempel 157 Soldering Tips CT SPI DS DX F R D Q NR ND NQ NQT XDS 60 70 71 Soldering Tips RT Soldering Tip Series Soldering Tips for Soldering irons WMRP,WXMP Order-no. Model Description T005 44 601 99 RT 1 Needle tip O 0,2 mm,40 W T005 44 625 99 RT 1NW T005 44 612 99 RT 1SC T005 44 626 99 RT 1SCNW Needle tip O 0,1 mm,chrome,40 W unwettable for device 0201 / 0204 Chisel tip 0,4 x 0,15 mm,40 W Chisel tip 0,3 x 0,1 mm,chrome,40 W unwettable for device 0201 / 0204 T005 44 602 99 RT 2 Point tip O 0,8 mm,40 W T005 44 603 99 RT 3 Chisel tip 1,3 x 0,4 mm,40 W T005 44 604 99 RT 4 Chisel tip 1,5 x 0,4 mm,40 W T005 44 605 99 RT 5 Chisel tip bent 30 0,8 x 0,4 mm,40 W T005 44 606 99 RT 6 Round tip 45 sloped 1,2 mm,40 W T005 44 607 99 RT 7 Knife tip 45 sloped 2,2 mm,40 W T005 44 608 99 RT 8 Chisel tip 2,2 x 0,4 mm,40 W T005 44 609 99 RT 9 Chisel tip 0,8 x 0,4 mm,40 W T005 44 610 99 RT 10GW Gullwing tip 1,2 x 2,0 mm,40 W T005 44 611 99 RT 11 Chisel tip 3,6 x 0,9 mm,55 W T005 44 613 99 RT Measuring tip 158 Soldering Tips RTW Soldering Tip Series Adjustable soldering tips for desoldering tweezers WXMT Order-no. Model Description T005 44 651 99 RTW 1 Soldering tip set O 0,2 mm,45,80 W,10 mm T005 44 652 99 RTW 2 Soldering tip set Chisel tip 0,7 x 0,4 mm,45,80 W T005 44 653 99 RTW 3 Soldering tip set Chisel tip 3 x 1,0 mm,45,80 W T005 44 654 99 RTW 4 Soldering tip set Chisel tip 6 x 1,0 mm,45,80 W T005 44 656 99 RTW 6NW Soldering tip set O 0,1 mm,45,chrome unwettable,for soldering dand desoldering of micro devices 0201 / 0402 Further tips on request 159 Soldering Tips XNT Soldering Tip Series Soldering Tips for Soldering irons WXP 65,WP 65 Order-no. Description Width A Length T005 44 850 99 XNT 1 T005 44 850 10 Round tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) O 0,5 mm 27 mm XNT A Chisel tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,6 x 0,4 mm 28 mm O 0,2 mm 28,5 mm T005 44 851 99 T005 44 851 10 Model T005 44 852 99 XNT 1S T005 44 852 10 Round tip slim,(1 piece) (10 pieces) T005 44 853 99 T005 44 853 10 XNT D Chisel tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 4,0 x 0,8 mm 28 mm T005 44 854 99 T005 44 854 10 XNT GW Gullwing tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 33 mm T005 44 855 99 XNT 4 T005 44 855 10 Round tip sloped 45,(1 piece) (10 pieces) T005 44 856 99 XNT 6 T005 44 856 10 O 1,2 mm 29,5 mm Chisel tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,6 x 0,4 mm 29,5 mm XNT B Chisel tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 2,4 x 0,8 mm 27 mm T005 44 858 99 XNT C T005 44 858 10 Chisel tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 3,2 x 0,8 mm 27 mm XNT H Chisel tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 0,8 x 0,4 mm T005 44 860 99 XNT K T005 44 860 10 Chisel tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,2 x 0,4 mm 28 mm 0,4 x 0,15 mm 27 mm 2 mm 33 mm T005 44 857 99 T005 44 857 10 T005 44 859 99 T005 44 859 10 T005 44 862 99 T005 44 862 10 XNT 1SC Chisel tip slim,(1 piece) (10 pieces) T005 44 863 99 XNT KN T005 44 863 10 Knife tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) T005 87 657 58 T005 87 657 58 Barrel for WXP 65 Barrel for WP 65 T005 44 861 99 160 XNT Measuring tip Soldering Tips NT Soldering Tip Series Soldering Tips for WMP Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B Length L NT 1SC NT 1SC Chisel tip slim 0,4 mm 0,15 mm 14 mm NT H NT K NT A NT 6 NT B NT C NT D NT H NT K NT A NT 6 NT B NT C NT D Chisel tip Chisel tip Chisel tip Chisel tip Chisel tip Chisel tip Chisel tip 0,8 mm 1,2 mm 1,6 mm 1,6 mm 2,4 mm 3,2 mm 4,0 mm 0,4 mm 0,4 mm 0,4 mm 0,7 mm 0,8 mm 0,8 mm 0,8 mm 8,4 mm 8,4 mm 9,5 mm 7,4 mm 7,8 mm 8,2 mm 8,6 mm NT AX NT AX Chisel tip bent 1,6 mm 0,4 mm 8,2 mm NT 1S NT 1S Round tip slim O 0,25 mm 8,5 mm NT 1 NT 1 Round tip O 0,25 mm 7,4 mm NT 1X NT 1X Round tip bent 45 O 0,4 mm 8,6 mm NT 4 NT 4 Round tip sloped 45 O 1,2 mm 9,9 mm NT GW NT GW Gullwing tip NT MS NT MS NT Measuring tip for thermoelement O 0,5 mm 2,0 mm 3,0 mm Order-no. Description T005 87 517 17 Silicon pad for changing bent NT tips T005 87 517 10 Tip changing tool for changing straight NT tips 13,4 mm 161 Soldering Tips XT Soldering Tip Series Soldering Tips for Soldering irons WP 120 and WXP 120 Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B T005 44 701 99 XT AL T005 44 701 10 Chisel tip long,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,6 mm 1,0 mm T005 44 713 99 XT H T005 44 713 10 Chisel tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 0,8 mm 0,4 mm T005 44 702 99 XT M T005 44 702 10 Chisel tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 3,2 mm 1,2 mm T005 44 703 99 XT A T005 44 703 10 Chisel tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,6 mm 0,7 mm T005 44 704 99 XT B T005 44 704 10 Chisel tip, (1 piece) (10 pieces) 2,4 mm 0,8 mm T005 44 705 99 XT C T005 44 705 10 Chisel tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 3,2 mm 0,8 mm T005 44 706 99 XT D T005 44 706 10 Chisel tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 4,6 mm 0,8 mm Chisel tip long,(1 piece) 4,6 mm 0,8mm T005 44 707 99 XT E T005 44 707 10 Chisel tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 5,9 mm 1,2 mm T005 44 708 99 XT AA T005 44 708 10 60 Soldering tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) O 1,6 mm T005 44 709 99 XT BB T005 44 709 10 45 Soldering tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) O 2,4 mm T005 44 710 99 XT CC T005 44 710 10 45 Soldering tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) O 3,2 mm T005 44 711 99 XT KN T005 44 711 10 60 Soldering tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) O 6,0 mm T005 44 736 99 XT DL XT GW Soldering tip,(1 piece) 3,5 mm 4,8 mm T005 44 712 99 XT GW T005 44 712 10 Soldering tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 2,3 mm 3,2 mm T005 44 714 99 XT O T005 44 714 10 Round tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) O 1,0 mm T005 44 715 99 XT BS T005 44 715 10 Round tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) O 2,4 mm T005 44 735 99 162 Soldering Tips Continuation page 162, XT Soldering Tips for WP 120,WXP 120 Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B T005 44 716 99 XT CS T005 44 716 10 Round tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) O 3,2 mm T005 44 717 99 XT DS T005 44 717 10 Round tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) O 5,0 mm T005 44 718 99 XT F T005 44 718 10 30 Randf. abgeschr.,(1 piece) (10 pieces) O 1,2 mm T005 44 719 99 XT Adapter M4 (1 piece) T005 44 720 99 XT Adapter M5 (1 piece) T005 44 721 99 XT D45 T005 44 721 10 45 Solar Soldering tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 5 mm T005 44 730 99 XT DDH45 T005 44 730 10 (1 piece) (10 pieces) 4 mm T005 44 722 99 XT Measuring tip T005 87 657 11 Barrel for WXP 120 T005 87 637 09 Barrel for WP 120 XT Soldering head for WP 120 and WXP 120 The XT soldering head is an ideal tool for tin coating, soldering and desoldering different components. The adequate barrel must be ordered seperately. Order-no. T0054473199 T0054473190 T0054473299 T0054473290 T0054473399 Description XT Soldering head 10 x 3 mm complete, consists of: XT Soldering head 10x3 mm and XT soldering head adapter. XT Soldering head 10 x 3 mm, spare XT Soldering head 20 x 3 mm complete, consists of: XT Soldering head 20 X 3 mm and XT soldering head adapter XT Soldering head 20x3 mm, spare XT Soldering head 33 x 3 mm complete, consists of: XT Soldering head 33 x 3 mm and XT soldering head adapter T0054473390 XT Soldering head 33 x 3 mm, spare T0054473499 XT Soldering head adapter, spare 163 Soldering Tips XTR Soldering Tip Series Soldering tip with twist lock. For use with robot heating element HER 120. Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B Length L T005 44 723 99 XTR A T005 44 723 10 Chisel tip, (1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,6 mm 0,7 mm 36,0 mm T005 44 724 99 XTR B T005 44 724 10 Chisel tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 2,4 mm 0,8 mm 35,0 mm T005 44 725 99 XTR C T005 44 725 10 Chisel tip, (1 piece) (10 pieces) 3,2 mm 0,8 mm 35,0 mm T005 44 726 99 XTR D T005 44 726 10 Chisel tip, ( 1 piece) (10 pieces) 4,6 mm 0,8 mm 34,5 mm T005 44 727 99 XTR E T005 44 727 10 Chisel tip, (1 piece) (10 pieces) 5,9 mm 1,2 mm 34,5 mm T005 44 728 99 XTR M T005 44 728 10 Chisel tip, (1 piece) (10 pieces) 3,2 mm 1,2 mm 39,0 mm XHT Soldering Tip Series Soldering Tips for Soldering irons WP 200,WXP 200 Order-no. Model Description T005 44 804 99 XHT C Chisel tip 3,2 mm 1,2 mm T005 44 801 99 XHT D Chisel tip 5,0 mm 1,2 mm T005 44 802 99 XHT E Chisel tip 7,6 mm 1,5 mm T005 44 805 99 XHT F Chisel tip 9,3 mm 2,0 mm T005 44 803 99 XHT Measuring tip T005 87 637 25 164 Barrel WP 200,WXP 200 Spare part Width A Thickness B Soldering Tips LT Soldering Tip Series Soldering Tips for Soldering irons WP 80, WSP 80, MPR 80 and FE 75, TCP-Soldering irons Order-no. Model T005 44 494 99 LT 1SC T005 44 494 10 Description 0,4 mm 0,15 mm 15,0 mm 0,3 mm 0,1 mm 15,0 mm Chisel tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) 1,6 mm 0,7 mm 13,5 mm Chisel tip, flat 30 (100 pieces) 1,6 mm 0,45 mm 13,5 mm Chisel tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) 2,4 mm 0,8 mm 13,5 mm Chisel tip, flat 30 (100 pieces) 2,4 mm 0,45 mm 13,5 mm Chisel tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) 0,8 mm 0,4 mm 13,5 mm Flacher Meiel 30 (100 pieces) 0,8 mm 0,4 mm 13,5 mm T005 44 407 99 LT C T005 44 407 10 T005 44 407 11 Chisel tip, (1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) 3,2 mm 0,8 mm 13,5 mm T005 44 409 99 LT D T005 44 409 10 T005 44 409 11 Chisel tip, (1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) 4,6 mm 0,8 mm 13,5 mm T005 44 448 99 LT DLL T005 44 448 10 Chisel tip, (1 piece) (10 pieces) 4,6 mm 0,8 mm 13,5 mm T005 44 438 99 LT K T005 44 438 10 T005 44 413 11 Chisel tip long, (1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) 1,2 mm 0,4 mm 21,0 mm T005 44 414 99 LT L T005 44 414 10 T005 44 414 11 Chisel tip long, (1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) 2,0 mm 1,0 mm 21,0 mm T005 44 415 99 LT M T005 44 415 10 T005 44 415 11 Chisel tip long, (1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) 3,2 mm 1,2 mm 21,0 mm T005 44 497 99 LT 1SCNW Chisel tip, (1 piece),chrome T005 44 440 99 LT A T005 44 440 10 T005 44 403 11 T005 44 516 11 LT ASL T005 44 405 99 LT B T005 44 405 10 T005 44 405 11 T005 44 517 11 LT BSL T005 44 437 99 LT H T005 44 437 10 T005 44 412 11 T005 44 518 11 Chisel tip, (1 piece) (10 pieces) Width A Thickness B max.Length L LT HSL 165 Soldering Tips Continuation page 165, further soldering tips for WP 80,WSP 80,MPR 80 and FE 75 Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B max.Length L T005 44 420 99 LT HX T005 44 420 11 Chisel tip bent 30, (1 piece) (100 pieces) 0,8 mm 0,4 mm 18,0 mm T005 44 443 99 LT ALX T005 44 443 10 Chisel tip bent 30, (1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,6 mm 0,7 mm 18,0 mm T005 44 442 99 LT BX T005 44 442 10 Chisel tip bent 30, (1 piece) (10 pieces) 2,4 mm 0,8 mm 18,0 mm T005 44 427 99 LT AX T005 44 427 10 Chisel tip bent 30, (1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,6 mm 0,8 mm 13,5 mm T005 44 428 99 LT 4X T005 44 428 10 Chisel tip bent 30, (1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,2 mm 0,4 mm 16,5 mm Chisel tip bent 30,(1 piece) 3,2 mm 0,8 mm 19,3 mm O 0,2 mm 15,0 mm T005 44 469 99 LT MX T005 44 436 99 LT 1S T005 44 402 11 Round tip slim,(1 piece) (100 pieces) T005 44 496 99 LT 1SNW Round tip slim,chrome, unwettable,(1 piece) T005 44 488 99 LT 1SA T005 44 435 99 LT 1 T005 44 435 10 T005 44 401 11 T005 44 498 99 Round tip slim, (1 piece) Round tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) O 1,0 mm O 0,5 mm 16,0 mm O 0,25 mm 14,0 mm LT 1NW Unwettable, chrome, (1 piece) T005 44 489 99 LT 1A T005 44 489 10 T005 44 489 11 Round tip, (1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) O 0,5 mm 14,0 mm T005 44 404 99 LT AS T005 44 404 10 T005 44 404 11 Round tip, (1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) O 1,6 mm 13,5 mm T005 44 411 99 LT CS T005 44 411 10 Round tip, (1 piece) (10 pieces) O 3,2 mm 13,5 mm T005 44 426 99 LT 1SLX Round tip, slim bent 30, (1 piece) T005 44 426 10 (10 pieces) O 2,0 mm O 0,4 mm 20,5 mm T005 44 425 99 LT 1X T005 44 425 10 O 0,4 mm 12,5 mm 166 Round tip bent 30, (1 piece) (10 pieces) Soldering Tips Continuation page 165/166, further soldering tips for WP 80, WSP 80, MPR 80 and FE 75 Order-no. Description Width A Thickness B max.Length L T005 44 439 99 LT 4 T005 44 439 10 T005 44 421 11 Round tip sloped 45, (1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) O 1,2 mm 15,0 mm T005 44 408 99 LT F T005 44 408 10 T005 44 408 11 Round tip sloped 45, (1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) O 1,2 mm 13,5 mm T005 44 487 99 LT AA60 Round tip sloped 60, (1 piece) T005 44 487 10 (10 pieces) 1,6 mm 4,0 mm 13,0 mm T005 44 444 99 LT BB60 Round tip sloped 60, (1 piece) T005 44 444 10 (10 pieces) 2,4 mm 4,0 mm 18,0 mm LT BB45 Round tip sloped 45, (1 piece) 2,4 mm T005 44 445 99 LT CC60 Round tip sloped 60,(1 piece) T005 44 445 10 (10 pieces) 3,2 mm 6,0 mm 18,0 mm LT CC45 Round tip sloped 45, (1 piece) 3,2 mm T005 44 478 99 LT DD45 Round tip sloped 45, (1 piece) T005 44 478 10 (10 pieces) 4,0 mm 6,0 mm 20,0 mm T005 44 486 99 LT DD45 Round tip sloped 45, (1 piece) T005 44 486 10 (10 pieces) T005 44 486 11 (100 pieces) 4,6 mm T005 44 484 99 T005 44 485 99 Model T005 44 423 99 LT 1L T005 44 423 10 T005 44 423 11 Conical long, (1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) T005 44 498 99 LT 1LNW Conical long,chrome, unwettable, (1 piece) O 0,2 mm 26,4 mm O 0,1 mm T005 44 406 99 LT 1S T005 44 406 10 T005 44 406 11 Conical long, (1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) O 0,4 mm 21,0 mm T005 44 482 99 LT T T005 44 482 10 T005 44 482 11 Conical long, (1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) O 0,6 mm 13,0 mm T005 44 481 99 LT O T005 44 481 10 T005 44 481 11 Conical long, (1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) O 0,8 mm 17,0 mm 167 Soldering Tips Continuation page 165/166, further Soldering Tips for WP 80, WSP 80, MPR 80 and FE 75 Order-no. Description Width A Thickness B max.Length L T005 44 424 99 LT 1LX T005 44 424 10 T005 44 424 11 Conical long bent, (1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) O 0,2 mm T005 44 410 99 LT GW T005 44 410 10 T005 44 410 11 Gullwing tip 45, (1 piece) (10 pieces) (100 pieces) O 2,3 mm 3,2 mm 18,8 mm T005 44 511 99 LT GW T005 44 511 10 Gullwing tip 45,(1 piece) (10 pieces) O 3,5 mm 4,8 mm 18,8 mm T005 44 479 99 LT KN T005 44 479 10 Knife tip,(1 piece) (10 pieces) 2,0 mm 16,5 mm O 2,0 mm 16,5 mm T005 44 416 99 LT Measuring tip for Thermoelement, O 0,5 mm (1 piece) 13,0 mm T005 44 449 99 LT Screw with M4 outside thread (1 piece) T005 44 519 99 Model LT K T005 44 495 99 T005 87 207 81 168 Gullwing tip 45,(1 piece) 26,4 mm 8,0 mm LT Soldering tip set with 40 different LT tips ET-LT Adapter Soldering tips of the LT series fit with the adapter to soldering iron LR 21. Soldering Tips MT-LT Adapter All TCP, LR 21 soldering irons are delivered with adapter. Order-no. Description T005 44 121 99 T005 87 207 95 MT-LT Adapter for use with LT soldering tip series (see page 87) Barrel for MT-LT Adapter Caution: Not qualified for lead free solder bath or other electronic solder. Soldering tips for high melting solder for WP 80, WSP 80, MPR 80 and FE 75 Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B Length L T005 44 430 99 LT H HPB T005 44 430 10 Chisel tip, (1 piece) (10 pieces) 0,8 mm 0,4 mm 13,5 mm T005 44 431 99 LT A HPB T005 44 431 10 Chisel tip, (1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,6 mm 0,7 mm 13,5 mm T005 44 432 99 LT B HPB T005 44 432 10 Chisel tip, (1 piece) (10 pieces) 2,4 mm 0,8 mm 13,5 mm LT D HPB Chisel tip, (1 piece) 4,6 mm 0,8 mm 13,5 mm T005 44 483 99 * for HPB solder = solder with high consumption of lead 169 Soldering Tips For a quick change of hot soldering tips foe soldering irons WP 80 / WSP 80. Barreln Order-no. Description T005 87 447 10 Barrel for WSP 80 spare part T005 87 448 45 Barrel short (40 mm) for WP 80, spare part, (standard for WP 80) T005 87 448 46 Barrel long (55 mm) for WP 80, spare part For WSP 80, WSP 80IG and WP 80, WP 120, WP 120 IG, WXP 120, barrel and screw M4 has to be ordered separately. SMD Soldering Tip Series Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B Length L T005 44 501 99 T005 44 429 99 T005 44 502 99 T005 44 503 99 T005 44 467 89 SMT01 SMT SMT02 SMT03 SMT for PAD-Cleaning for PAD-Cleaning for PAD-Cleaning for PAD-Cleaning for PAD-Cleaning 10,4 mm 10,5 mm 16,8 mm 20,8 mm 35,0 mm 0,6 mm 0,6 mm 0,6 mm 0,6 mm 3,0 mm 7,1 mm 7,5 mm 7,1 mm 7,1 mm 4,0 mm T005 44 504 99 T005 44 505 99 T005 44 506 99 T005 44 507 99 SMT04 SMT05 SMT06 SMT07 for Chip for Chip for Chip for Chip 1,8 mm 1,5 mm 2,5 mm 2,3 mm 3,4 mm 2,3 mm 1,7 mm 4,5 mm 1,8 mm 1,8 mm 1,4 mm 1,8 mm T005 44 508 99 T005 44 509 99 T005 44 510 99 SMT08 SMT09 SMT10 for DIP for DIP for DIP 4,6 mm 10,4 mm 11,5 mm 5,1 mm 5,1 mm 6,9 mm 2,3 mm 2,3 mm 2,3 mm 170 Soldering Tips SMT Adapter + Tips for LR 21, WP 80, WSP 80, WSP 80FE, WSP 80IG and MPR 80 Order-no. Model Description T005 44 417 99 SMT SMT Adapter for WSP 80 SMTA SMTA SMT Adapter for LR 21 SMT0504A SMT0504A A/1, for components 1,0 x 1,2 mm, 12 x 1,0 mm, 1,2 x 1,2 mm, 1,6 x 0,8 mm SMT1206D SMT1206D D/1, for components 3,2 x 1,6 mm, 3,2 x 2,5 mm SMT8K SMT8K K/2, for components 5,0 x 4,0 mm For use with soldering robot application with heating element HER 80 LT Soldering Tips with twist lock Order-no. Model T005 44 441 99 LTR A T005 44 441 10 Description Chisel tip (1 piece) (10 pieces) LTR BChisel tip 1,5 mm wettable (1 piece) T005 44 422 10 (10 pieces) T005 44 422 71 (1 piece) Width A Thickness B Length L 1,6 mm 0,8 mm 17,0 mm 2,4 mm 0,8 mm 17,0 mm 2,4 mm 0,8 mm 17,0 mm 3,2 mm 3,2 mm 0,8 mm 0,8 mm 17,0 mm 17,0 mm T005 44 422 99 T005 44 433 99 LTR C T005 44 433 10 Chisel tip (1 piece) (10 pieces) Special tips on request 171 Soldering Tips LHT Soldering Tip Series Soldering Tips for Soldering irons WSP 150 Order-no. Model Description Width A T005 44 455 99 T005 44 452 99 T005 44 451 99 T005 44 450 99 LHT C LHT D LHT E LHT F Chisel tip Chisel tip Chisel tip Chisel tip 3,2 mm 4,7 mm 6,7 mm 9,3 mm 1,2 mm 1,8 mm 1,8 mm 1,8 mm T005 44 513 99 T005 44 462 99 T005 44 461 99 T005 44 460 99 LHT CX LHT DX LHT EX LHT FX Chisel tip bent Chisel tip bent Chisel tip bent Chisel tip bent 3,2 mm 5,0 mm 7,0 mm 9,2 mm 1,2 mm 2,0 mm 2,0 mm 2,0 mm T005 44 456 99 LHT D 45 Sloped 45 for solar cell production 1,8 mm T005 44 454 99 LHT Screw in tip with outside thread M6 T005 44 453 99 LHT Measuring tip for thermoelement O 0,5 mm T005 87 447 95 Box nut WSP 150 172 Thickness B Soldering Tips ET Soldering Tip Series Soldering Tips for Soldering irons LR 21 Order-no. Model Description Width A 4ETS 4ETO ET S ET O Longform Conical Longform Conical O 0,4 mm O 0,8 mm 4ETR ET R Chisel tip slim 1,6 mm 0,7 mm 4ETH 4ETA 4ETB 4ETC 4ETD 4ETE ET H ET A ET B ET C ET D ET E Chisel tip Chisel tip Chisel tip Chisel tip Chisel tip Chisel tip 0,8 mm 1,6 mm 2,4 mm 3,2 mm 4,6 mm 5,6 mm 0,4 mm 0,7 mm 0,8 mm 0,8 mm 0,8 mm 1,2 mm 4ETK 4ETL 4ETM ET K ET L ET M Chisel tip long Chisel tip long Chisel tip long 1,2 mm 2,0 mm 3,2 mm 0,4 mm 1,0 mm 1,2 mm 4ETF 4ETBB 4ETCC ET F ET BB ET CC Round tip sloped 45 Round tip sloped 45 Round tip sloped 45 O 1,2 mm O 2,4 mm O 3,2 mm 4ETP 4ETBS 4ETCS ET P ET BS ET CS Round tip blunt Round tip blunt Round tip blunt O 0,8 mm O 2,4 mm O 3,2 mm T005 41 039 99 T005 41 040 99 ET SMD ET SMD Chip soldering / desoldering tip, component size 2,5 mm x 1,5 mm Chip soldering / desoldering tip, component size 3,8 mm x 1,5 mm T005 41 045 99 ET GW Gullwing tip T005 41 703 99 Screw in tip with M5 outside thread T005 24 750 99 ET Measuring tip for thermoelement O 0,5 mm T005 10 311 99 Barrel Thickness B ET-LT Adapter Soldering tips of the LT series are used with an adapter in the soldering iron LR 21. Order-no. Model T005 87 207 81 T005 87 207 94 Description ET-LT Adaptor with barrel for use with LT series tips with LR 21 and FE 50 soldering irons Spare barrel for ET-LT Adapter 173 Soldering Tips HT Soldering Tip Series Soldering Tips for Soldering irons LR 82 and FE 80 Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B T005 44 260 99 T005 44 261 99 T005 44 262 99 HT 1 HT 2 HT 3 Chisel tip Chisel tip Chisel tip 3,2 mm 5,2 mm 7,0 mm 1,0 mm 1,2 mm 1,2 mm T005 44 267 99 T005 44 268 99 T005 44 269 99 HT C HT D HT E Chisel tip long Chisel tip long Chisel tip long 3,2 mm 4,6 mm 5,6 mm 1,0 mm 1,0 mm 1,0 mm T005 44 264 99 T005 44 265 99 T005 44 266 99 HT BS HT CS HT DS Round tip Round tip Round tip O 2,4 mm O 3,2 mm O 5,0 mm T005 44 270 99 HT Screw in tip with outside thread M8nde T005 44 263 99 HT Measuring tip for thermoelement O 0,5 mm T005 26 202 99 Barrel WTA Soldering Tip Series Spitzensets for WTA 50 Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B T005 44 145 99 T005 44 141 99 T005 44 146 99 T005 44 147 99 T005 44 143 99 T005 44 144 99 WTA 1S WTA 1 WTA 2 WTA 3 WTA 4 WTA 5 Tip set Tip set Tip set Tip set Tip set Tip set 0,5 mm 1,0 mm 3,0 mm 6,0 mm 12,5 mm 18,5 mm 0,5 mm 0,5 mm 0,5 mm 0,5 mm 0,5 mm 0,5 mm T005 44 152 99 T005 44 153 99 WTA 11 WTA 12 Tip set for vertikalen Einsatz Tip set for vertikalen Einsatz 1,0 mm 3,0 mm 0,5 mm 0,5 mm T005 44 149 99 174 bent 45 bent 45 bent 45 bent 45 bent 45 bent 45 WT Measuring tip for thermoelement O 0,5 mm Soldering Tips PT Soldering Tip Series Soldering Tips for TCPS, TCP 12, TCP 24 Order-no. Model Description Width A Dicke B 4PTR7 4PTR8 PT R7 PT R8 Chisel tip slim 370C Chisel tip slim 425C 1,6 mm 1,6 mm 0,7 mm 0,7 mm 4PTH6 4PTH7 4PTH8 PT H6 PT H7 PT H8 Chisel tip 310C Chisel tip 370C Chisel tip 425C 0,8 mm 0,8 mm 0,8 mm 0,4 mm 0,4 mm 0,4 mm 4PTA6 4PTA7 4PTA8 PT A6 PT A7 PT A8 Chisel tip 310C Chisel tip 370C Chisel tip 425C 1,6 mm 1,6 mm 1,6 mm 0,7 mm 0,7 mm 0,7 mm 4PTB6 4PTB7 4PTB8 4PTB9 PT B6 PT B7 PT B8 PT B9 Chisel tip 310C Chisel tip 370C Chisel tip 425C Chisel tip 480C 2,4 mm 2,4 mm 2,4 mm 2,4 mm 0,8 mm 0,8 mm 0,8 mm 0,8 mm 4PTC7 4PTC8 4PTC9 PT C7 PT C8 PT C9 Chisel tip 370C Chisel tip 425C Chisel tip 480C 3,2 mm 3,2 mm 3,2 mm 0,8 mm 0,8 mm 0,8 mm 4PTD7 4PTD8 4PTD9 4PTE8 4PTE9 PT D7 PT D8 PT D9 PT E8 PT E9 Chisel tip 370C Chisel tip 425C Chisel tip 480C Chisel tip 425C Chisel tip 480C 4,6 mm 4,6 mm 4,6 mm 5,6 mm 5,6 mm 0,8 mm 0,8 mm 0,8 mm 1,2 mm 1,2 mm 4PTK6 4PTK7 4PTK8 PT K6 PT K7 PT K8 Chisel tip long 310C Chisel tip long 370C Chisel tip long 425C 1,2 mm 1,2 mm 1,2 mm 0,4 mm 0,4 mm 0,4 mm 4PTL6 4PTL7 4PTL8 PT L6 PT L7 PT L8 Chisel tip long 310C Chisel tip long 370C Chisel tip long 425C 2,0 mm 2,0 mm 2,0 mm 1,0 mm 1,0 mm 1,0 mm 4PTM7 4PTM8 4PTM9 PT M7 PT M8 PT M9 Chisel tip long 370C Chisel tip long 425C Chisel tip long 480C 3,2 mm 3,2 mm 3,2 mm 1,2 mm 1,2 mm 1,2 mm Chisel tip bent, 1 side wettable 370C 3,2 mm 1,2 mm T005 41 307 99 PT MX7 4PTCS7 4PTDS7 PT CS7 PT DS7 Round tip 370C Round tip 370C O 3,2 mm O 5,0 mm 4PTS7 4PTS8 PT S7 PT S8 Round tip long 370C Round tip long 425C O 0,4 mm O 0,4 mm 4PTO6 4PTO7 4PTO8 PT O6 PT O7 PT O8 Round tip long 310C Round tip long 370C Round tip long 425C O 0,8 mm O 0,8 mm O 0,8 mm 175 Soldering Tips Continuation page 175, further soldering tips for TCPS, TCP 12, TCP 24 Order-no. Model Description Width A Thickness B 4PTF7 4PTF8 PT F7 PT F8 Round tip sloped 370C Round tip sloped 425C O 1,2 mm O 1,2 mm 4PTAA7 4PTAA8 4PTAA9 PT AA7 PT AA8 PT AA9 Round tip sloped 370C Round tip sloped 425C Round tip sloped 480C O 1,6 mm O 1,6 mm O 1,6 mm 4PTBB7 4PTBB8 4PTBB9 PT BB7 PT BB8 PT BB9 Round tip sloped 370C Round tip sloped 425C Round tip sloped 480C O 2,4 mm O 2,4 mm O 2,4 mm 4PTCC7 4PTCC8 4PTCC9 PT CC7 PT CC8 PT CC9 Round tip sloped 370C Round tip sloped 425C Round tip sloped 480C O 3,2 mm O 3,2 mm O 3,2 mm 4PTDD7 4PTDD8 4PTDD9 PT DD7 PT DD8 PT DD9 Round tip sloped 370C Round tip sloped 425C Round tip sloped 480C O 5,0 mm O 5,0 mm O 5,0 mm If other soldering tip dimensions are required, please use LT tips with the PT/LT adapter. Soldering tips of LT soldering tip series are used with an adapter in soldering iron TCPS, TCP 12 and TCP 24. All TCP and LR 21 soldering irons are delivered with the adapter. PT-LT Adapter for TCPS,TCP 12,TCP 24 Order-no. Model Description T005 87 207 86 T005 87 207 87 T005 87 207 88 T005 87 207 89 PT6-LT PT7-LT PT8-LT PT9-LT PT6-LT-adapter with barrel 310C PT7-LT-adapter with barrel 370C PT8-LT-adapter with barrel 425C PT9-LT-adapter with barrel 480C T005 87 207 94 176 Spare barrel for PT/LT adapter Soldering Tips CT5 Soldering Tip Series Soldering Tips for W 61 Order-no. Model Description Width A 4CT5A6 4CT5A7 4CT5A8 CT5 A6 CT5 A7 CT5 A8 Chisel tip 310C Chisel tip 370C Chisel tip 425C 1,6 mm 1,6 mm 1,6 mm 4CT5B7 4CT5B8 CT5 B7 CT5 B8 Chisel tip 370C Chisel tip 425C 2,4 mm 2,4 mm 4CT5C6 4CT5C7 4CT5C8 CT5 C6 CT5 C7 CT5 C8 Chisel tip 310C Chisel tip 370C Chisel tip 425C 3,2 mm 3,2 mm 3,2 mm 4CT5D7 4CT5D8 CT5 D7 CT5 D8 Chisel tip 370C Chisel tip 425C 4,7 mm 4,7 mm T005 42 107 99 T005 42 108 99 CT5 AX7 CT5 AX8 Chisel tip bent 370C Chisel tip bent 425C 1,6 mm 1,6 mm T005 42 117 99 CT5 BX7 Chisel tip bent 370C 2,4 mm T005 42 128 99 CT5 CX8 Chisel tip bent 425C 3,2 mm T005 42 138 99 CT5 DX8 Chisel tip bent 425C 5,0 mm 177 Soldering Tips CT6 Soldering Tip Series Soldering Tips for W 101 Order-no. Model Description 4CT6C7 4CT6C8 CT6 C7 CT6 C8 Chisel tip 370C Chisel tip 425C 3,2 mm 3,2 mm 4CT6D7 4CT6D8 CT6 D7 CT6 D8 Chisel tip 370C Chisel tip 425C 5,0 mm 5,0 mm 4CT6E7 4CT6E8 CT6 E7 CT6 E8 Chisel tip 370C Chisel tip 425C 7,0 mm 7,0 mm T005 42 307 99 CT6 CX7 Chisel tip bent 370C 3,2 mm T005 42 318 99 CT6 DX8 Chisel tip bent 425C 5,0 mm Welding wedge Order-no. Description T005 11 767 99Welding wedge Teflon beschichtet,50 x 40 x 4 mm (260C-295C) for W 101SP with twist lock T005 11 767 74 Welding wedge PTFEcoated, 50 x 40 x 4 mm Adapter For use with LHT tips (page xx) and soldering iron W 101 Order-no. Model Description T005 61 046 67 T005 61 046 68 T005 61 046 69 CT6-7 CT6-8 CT6-9 Adapter for LHT tips, 370 Adapter for LHT tips, 425 Adapter for LHT tips, 480 178 Width A Soldering Tips CT2 Soldering Tip Series Soldering Tips for W 201 Order-no. Model Description Width A T005 42 407 99 T005 42 408 99 CT2 E7 CT2 E8 Chisel tip 370C Chisel tip 425C 7,0 mm 7,0 mm T005 42 417 99 T005 42 418 99 CT2 F7 CT2 F8 Chisel tip 370C Chisel tip 425C 10,0 mm 10,0 mm T005 42 428 99 CT2 G8 Chisel tip 425C 11,0 mm T005 42 507 99 T005 42 508 99 CT2 EX7 CT2 EX8 Chisel tip bent 370C Chisel tip bent 425C 7,0 mm 7,0 mm T005 42 517 99 T005 42 518 99 CT2 FX7 CT2 FX8 Chisel tip bent 370C Chisel tip bent 425C 10,0 mm 10,0 mm 179 Soldering Tips SPI Soldering Tip Series Soldering tips for soldering iron SPI 16 Order-no. Model Description Width A 4SPI15 210 4SPI15 213 SPI15 210 SPI15 213 Needle tip Needle tip 0,4 mm 0,8 mm 4SPI15 212 4SPI15 211 SPI15 212 SPI15 211 Chisel tip Chisel tip 1,2 mm 2,0 mm Soldering tips for soldering iron SPI 27 Order-no. Model Description 4SPI26206 4SPI26200 4SPI26201 SPI26 206 SPI26 200 SPI26 201 Chisel tip Chisel tip Chisel tip Width A 1,2 mm 2,0 mm 3,0 mm Soldering tips for soldering iron SPI 41 Order-no. Model Description Width A 4SPI40224 4SPI40225 4SPI40220 SPI40 224 SPI40 225 SPI40 220 Chisel tip Chisel tip Chisel tip 2,0 mm 3,0 mm 5,0 mm 4SPI40226 SPI40 226 Chisel tip bent 2,0 mm Soldering tips for soldering iron SPI 81 Order-no. Model Description 4SPI80234 4SPI80235 4SPI80230 4SPI80231 SPI80 234 SPI80 235 SPI80 230 SPI80 231 Chisel tip Chisel tip Chisel tip Chisel tip 3,0 mm 5,0 mm 7,0 mm 9,5 mm 4SPI80237 4SPI80232 SPI80 237 SPI80 232 Chisel tip bent Chisel tip bent 5,0 mm 7,0 mm 180 Width A Soldering Tips Soldering Tips for WP 60 Order-no. Model Description Width A T005 16 134 99 T005 16 443 99 60-01-05 60-01-01 Needle tip Needle tip O 0,5 mm O 1,0 mm T005 16 444 99 T005 16 446 99 60-01-02 60-01-04 Chisel tip Chisel tip T005 16 445 99 60-01-03 Round tip sloped 45 O 2,0 mm T005 16 447 99 60-01-52 Hot air nozzle O 4,7 mm T005 16 135 99 60-01-06 Knife 45 T005 16 448 99 60-07U Ejector unit T005 16 450 99 60-02 Protective cap for WP 60 (spare part) 2,4 mm 5,0 mm 5,0 mm 181 Soldering Tips Soldering Tips for Pyropen Jr. Order-no. Model Description Width A T005 16 165 99 71-01-01 Needle tip O 1,0 mm T005 16 166 99 T005 16 161 99 71-01-02 71-01-04 Chisel tip Chisel tip T005 16 167 99 71-01-03 Round tip sloped 45 O 2,0 mm T005 16 168 99 T005 16 169 99 71-01-50 71-01-52 Hot air nozzle Hot air nozzle O 1,5 mm O 4,7 mm T005 16 172 99 71-07U Ejector unit 182 2,0 mm 5,0 mm Soldering Tips Soldering Tips for Pyropen and Pyropen Piezo Order-no. Model Description T005 16 120 99 T005 16 124 99 70-01-01 70-01-05 Needle tip Needle tip extra slim O 1,0 mm O 0,5 mm T005 16 129 99 70-01-10 Needle tip bent 30 O 1,0 mm T005 16 121 99 T005 16 132 99 T005 16 130 99 70-01-02 70-01-13 70-01-11 Chisel tip Chisel tip Chisel tip T005 16 122 99 T005 16 123 99 T005 16 125 99 T005 16 127 99 70-01-03 70-01-04 70-01-06 70-01-08 Round tip sloped Round tip sloped Round tip sloped, conical Round tip sloped 35 O 2,0 mm O 3,0 mm O 2,0 mm O 2,0 mm T005 16 140 99 T005 16 141 99 T005 16 142 99 T005 16 143 99 70-01-50 70-01-51 70-01-52 70-01-53 Hot air nozzle Hot air nozzle Hot air nozzle Hot air nozzle O 1,7 mm O 3,3 mm O 4,9 mm O 7,0 mm T005 16 151 99 T005 16 150 99 70-07TU 70-07SU Ejector unit, not for Piezo Solder ejector, not for Piezo T005 16 159 99 70-01-55 T005 16 158 99 70-01-54 Reflector for heat shrinking Reflector for heat shrinking Diameter O Width A 3,0 mm 5,0 mm 7,7 mm O 6,0 mm 18,0 mm O 8,0 mm 22,0 mm 183 Desoldering Nozzles DX Desoldering Nozzle serie The DX series tools feature a novel threadless desoldering nozzle fixture system whereby the nozzle is inserted into the head and locked into place by applying a 1/4 turn. This patented feature allows the desoldering nozzles to be quickly and easily exchanged and also improves the rate of thermal transfer from the deslodering head to the desoldering nozzle providing the tools with a faster heat up time and recovery rate. Additionally, because there are no threads in the head to foul, maintenance and costs are reduced. Desoldering nozzles with threadless fixture system for DSX 80 and DXV 80 Order-no. Model Description Outer O Inner O Nozzel Length T005 13 140 00 DX 110 T005 13 140 10 Nozzle (1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,9 mm 0,7 mm 25 mm T005 13 141 00 DX 111 T005 13 141 10 Nozzle (1 piece) (10 pieces) 2,5 mm 0,7 mm 25 mm T005 13 142 00 DX 112 T005 13 142 10 Nozzle (1 piece) (10 pieces) 2,3 mm 1,0 mm 25 mm T005 13 143 00 DX 113 T005 13 143 10 Nozzle (1 piece) (10 pieces) 2,5 mm 1,2 mm 25 mm Nozzle (1 piece) for improved thermal transfer (10 pieces) 2,5 mm 1,2 mm 25 mm T005 13 144 00 DX 114 T005 13 144 10 Nozzle (1 piece) (10 pieces) 3,3 mm 1,8 mm 25 mm T005 13 145 00 DX 115 T005 13 145 10 Nozzle (1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,9 mm 0,7 mm 29 mm T005 13 146 00 DX 116 T005 13 146 10 Nozzle (1 piece) (10 pieces) 2,7 mm 1,2 mm 29 mm T005 13 147 00 DX 117 T005 13 147 10 Nozzle (1 piece) (10 pieces) 2,9 mm 1,5 mm 25 mm T005 13 148 00 DX 118 T005 13 148 10 Nozzle (1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,5 mm 0,7 mm 23 mm T005 13 151 00 DX 119 T005 13 151 10 Needle tiplet (1 piece) with unwettable stainless steel tube for removal of solder bridges in connection wiht hot air pencil (10 pieces) 1,1 mm 0,7 mm 33 mm T005 13 152 00 DX 120 T005 13 152 10 Nozzle (1 piece) without inside tube for cleaning SMD pads. (10 pieces) 2,5 mm 1,1 mm 22 mm T005 13 153 99 Measuring nozzle 3,3 mm 0,55 mm 21,5 mm T005 87 067 94 Conus insert cleaning tool T005 13 790 99 Nozzle -Set DX 110 - DX 115 T005 13 150 00 DX 113HM T005 13 150 10 184 Desoldering Nozzles DS Desoldering nozzles Desloldering nozzles with thread for DS 22, DS 80 and DSV 80 Order-no. Model Description T005 13 510 00* DS 110 T005 13 532 00* DS 110HM Outer O Inner O Nozzel Length Nozzle 1,9 mm 0,7 mm 18 mm Nozzle with improved heat transfer 1,9 mm 0,7 mm 18 mm T005 13 511 00* DS 111 Nozzle 2,5 mm 0,7 mm 18 mm T005 13 512 00* DS 112 Nozzle 2,3 mm 1,0 mm 18 mm Nozzle with improved heat transfer 1,9 mm 0,9 mm 18 mm Nozzle 2,5 mm 1,2 mm 18 mm Nozzle with improved heat transfer 2,5 mm 1,2 mm 18 mm T005 13 533 00* DS 112HM T005 13 513 00* DS 113 T005 13 530 00* DS 113HM T005 13 514 00* DS 114 Nozzle 3,3 mm 1,8 mm 18 mm T005 13 515 00* DS 115 Nozzle 1,9 mm 0,7 mm 24,5 mm T005 13 516 00* DS 116 Nozzle 2,7 mm 1,2 mm 24,5 mm T005 13 550 00* DS 117 Nozzle 2,9 mm 1,5 mm 18 mm T005 13 551 00* DS 118 Nozzle 1,5 mm 0,7 mm 18 mm T005 13 527 00* DS 119 Needle tiplet with unwettable 1,9 mm stainless steel tube for removal of solder bridges in connection with hot air pencil 0,7 mm 26 mm T005 13 552 00* DS 120 Nozzle without inside tube, for cleaning SMD pads 2,5 mm 1,1 mm 15,5 mm T005 24 749 99* Measuring nozzle 3,3 mm 0,55 mm 18 mm T005 13 770 99* Nozzle-Set DS 110 - DS 115 *Discontinuation 185 Desoldering Nozzles Cleaning set for DS + DSX nozzles Order-no. T005 13 500 99 Description Cleaning set complete for cleaning desoldering nozzles and for nozzle exchange consists of: T005 87 488 61 T005 13 501 99 Handle Replacement needle set 0,6 mm / 0,9 mm / 1,4 mm / 1,9 mm consists of: T005 13 502 99 T005 13 503 99 Replacement needle set je 1 x 1,9 mm,3 x 0,9 mm Replacement needle set ,je 1 x 1,9 mm,3 x 0,5 mm 186 Desoldering Nozzles XDS Desoldering nozzle series Desoldering nozzles for WXDP Order-no. Model Description Outer O Innenr O Nozzel Length T005 13 250 99 T005 13 250 10 XDS Nozzle (1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,4 mm 2,5 mm 10,5 mm T005 13 251 99 T005 13 251 10 XDS Nozzle (1 piece) (10 pieces) 3,0 mm 5,3 mm 10,5 mm T005 13 252 99 T005 13 252 10 XDS Nozzle (1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,0 mm 2,3 mm 10,5 mm T005 13 253 99 T005 13 253 10 XDS Nozzle (1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,2 mm 2,5 mm 10,5 mm T005 13 254 99 T005 13 254 10 XDS Nozzle (1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,8 mm 3,3 mm 10,5 mm T005 13 255 99 T005 13 255 10 XDS Nozzle (1 piece) (10 pieces) 0,7 mm 1,9 mm 16,5 mm T005 13 256 99 T005 13 256 10 XDS Nozzle (1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,2 mm 2,7 mm 16,5 mm T005 13 257 99 T005 13 257 10 XDS Nozzle (1 piece) (10 pieces) 1,5 mm 2,9 mm 10,5 mm T005 13 258 99 XDS Measuring tip (1 piece) 187 Hot Air Nozzles Hot air nozzles for HAP 1 and HAP 200 Order-no. Model T005 87 617 28 Description Width A Thickness B Adapter M6 for HAP 200 T005 87 277 74 F02 Flat nozzle 8,0 mm 1,5 mm T005 87 277 73 F04 Flat nozzle 10,5 mm 1,5 mm T005 87 277 72 F06 Flat nozzle 12,0 mm 1,5 mm Hot air nozzles for HAP 1 and HAP 200 Order-no. Model Description Diameter D Distance C Length C T005 87 278 23 R02 Round nozzle O 0,8 mm T005 87 278 21 R04 Round nozzle O 1,2 mm T005 87 278 22 R06 Round nozzle O 3,0 mm T005 87 277 87 R10 Round nozzle long O 2,0 mm 50 mm T005 87 277 86 R08 Round nozzle long bent O 2,0 mm 50 mm T005 87 277 76 FD2 Dual nozzle O 1,5 mm 8 mm T005 87 277 75 FD4 Dual nozzle O 1,5 mm 10 mm 188 Hot Air Nozzles Hot air nozzles for HAP 1 and HAP 200 2 sides heated (Type D, Length X = beheizte Seite) Order-no. Model Description Length X Width Y T005 87 277 79 D04 Hot air nozzle, 2 sides heated with pre-heating plate 10,5 mm 10,5 mm T005 87 277 82 D06 Hot air nozzle, 2 sides heated with pre-heating plate 13,0 mm 10,0 mm T005 87 277 81 D08 Hot air nozzle, 2 sides heated with pre-heating plate 15,0 mm 10,0 mm T005 87 277 84 D10 Hot air nozzle, 2 sides heated with pre-heating plate 18,0 mm 10,0 mm Hot air nozzles for HAP 1 and HAP 200 4 sides heated (Type Q) Order-no. Model Description Length X Width Y T005 87 277 77 Q02 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 6,0 mm 6,5 mm Q04 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 6,0 mm 9,0 mm T005 87 277 80 Q06 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated with pre-heating plate 15,0 mm 10,0 mm T005 87 277 83 Q08 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated with pre-heating plate 12,5 mm 15,0 mm T005 87 278 12 SK709 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated with pre-heating plate 12,0 mm 12,0 mm T005 87 277 85 Q10 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated with pre-heating plate 18,0 mm 18,0 mm T005 87 277 78 T005 87 278 08 R01 Measuring nozzle for calibration 189 Hot Air Nozzles The ND and NQ nozzles have an integrated pre-heating plate for pre-heating components by means of contact heat. Air outlet slots are located around the plate with a width of approx. 1 mm for the hot air. Hot air nozzles for HAP 3000 (WHA 3000P / V), HAP 2 (WHA 2000) and HAP 3 (WHA 700, WHA 300) Order-no. Model Description T005 87 368 81 NR04 Round nozzle, without vacuum O 2,5 mm T005 87 368 67 NR05 Round nozzle, without vacuum O 4,0 mm T005 87 368 70 NR10 Round nozzle, without vacuum O 7,0 mm T005 87 507 70 NRV07 Hot air nozzle with vacuum for small components O 7,0 mm T005 87 507 72 NRV10 Hot air nozzle with vacuum for small components O 10,0 mm T005 87 507 74 NRV12 Hot air nozzle with vacuum for small components O 12 mm T005 87 368 82 NR02 Round nozzle, bent without vacuum O 1,7 mm x 45 T005 87 507 65 NR06 Round nozzle, bent without vacuum O 6,0 mm x 45 T005 87 368 83 190 DR05 Dual nozzle round, without vacuum Diameter O 2 x O 2,5 mm Hot Air Nozzles 2 sides heated (Type ND, Width X = heated side) Order-no. Model Description Length X Width Y T005 87 368 43 ND05 Hot air nozzle, 2 sides heated 10,7 mm 10,7 mm T005 87 368 42 ND 10 Hot air nozzle, 2 sides heated 14,0 mm 10,0 mm T005 87 368 41 ND 15 Hot air nozzle, 2 sides heated 19,0 mm 12,0 mm T005 87 368 40 ND 20 Hot air nozzle, 2 sides heated 21,5 mm 14,8 mm T005 87 369 32 ND SK535/A Hot air nozzle, without edge for thin components 8,5 mm 20,0 mm T005 87 369 33 ND SK535/B Hot air nozzle, without edge for thin components 10,5 mm 20,0 mm T005 87 507 34 ND SK699 Hot air nozzle, without edge for thin components 12,5 mm 20,0 mm T005 87 369 34 ND SK535/C Hot air nozzle, without edge for thin components 14,0 mm 20,0 mm 191 Hot Air Nozzles Four sides heated (Type NQ) Order-no. Model Description Length X Width Y T005 87 368 39 NQ05 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 10,7 mm 10,7 mm T005 87 368 38 NQ15 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 14,5 mm 10,0 mm T005 87 368 18 NQ10 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 14,8 mm 14,8 mm T005 87 368 37 NQ20 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 15,5 mm 13,0 mm T005 87 368 14 NQ25 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 18,0 mm 18,0 mm T005 87 507 21 NQ30 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 17,5 mm 23,5 mm T005 87 368 07 NQ35 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 20,5 mm 20,5 mm T005 87 368 80 NQ Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 24,0 mm 12,0 mm T005 87 368 04 NQ40 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 26,0 mm 26,0 mm T005 87 368 33 NQ45 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 31,3 mm 31,3 mm T005 87 368 91 NQ50 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 36,0 mm 36,0 mm T005 87 368 90 NQ55 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated 43,0 mm 43,0 mm 192 Hot Air Nozzles 4 sides heated (Type NQ) continuation Order-no. Model Description Length X Width Y T005 87 507 41 NQT 10 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated, 14,8 mm 14,8 mm without protruding edge for thin components T005 87 507 42 NQT25 Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated, 18,0 mm 18,0 mm without protruding edge for thin components T005 87 507 39 NQT Hot air nozzle, 4 sides heated, 22,0 mm 22,0 mm without protruding edge for thin components T005 87 368 75 NA 20 Measuring nozzle for calibration Special tips on request Rubber insert for CSF heads (spare) Order-no. Description T005 87 137 99 T005 87 137 98 O 4,5 mm, 10 pieces O 10,0 mm, 10 pieces 193 Hot Air Nozzles The patented hot air nozzles of the WQB rework systems, coupled with digital control of the hot air temperature and its flow rate provide an even convective heating of the component. This in turn ensures reatability of the reflow process. Hot air nozzle for WQB 4000SOPS Order-no. T005 87 479 47 T005 87 479 43 T005 87 479 45 T005 87 479 61 T005 87 549 67 T005 87 478 48 T005 87 479 04 T005 87 479 35 T005 87 478 93 T005 87 548 36 T005 87 479 77 T005 87 478 33 T005 87 547 70 T005 87 548 20 T005 87 477 64 T005 87 479 93 T005 87 478 50 T005 87 479 27 T005 87 479 99 T005 87 479 06 T005 87 548 87 T005 87 477 53 T005 87 478 71 T005 87 478 74 T005 87 549 03 T005 87 477 63 T005 87 479 16 T005 87 479 41 T005 87 479 85 Special sizes on request 194 Nozzle housing inside 7,6 x 6,5 x 8,5 x 8,5 x 10,0 x 12,0 x 13,5 x 15,5 x 15,0 x 18,5 x 15,5 x 18,0 x 21,0 x 22,0 x 25,0 x 27,0 x 27,0 x 29,0 x 28,0 x 33,0 x 35,0 x 37,0 x 39,5 x 42,0 x 45,0 x 46,0 x 47,0 x 49,0 x 57,0 x 7,99 mm 6,5 mm 8,5 mm 10,6 mm 10,0 mm 12,0 mm 13,5 mm 15,5 mm 11,0 mm 10,0 mm 23,5 mm 18,0 mm 21,0 mm 22,0 mm 25,0 mm 23,0 mm 27,0 mm 29,0 mm 32,0 mm 33,0 mm 35,0 mm 37,0 mm 39,5 mm 42,0 mm 11,0 mm 46,0 mm 47,0 mm 49,0 mm 18,5 mm Nozzle housing outside 8,6 x 8,9 mm 7,5 x 7,5 mm 9,5 x 9,5 mm 9,5 x 11,6 mm 11,0 x 11,0 mm 13,0 x 13,0 mm 14,3 x 14,3 mm 16,5 x 16,5 mm 16,0 x 12,0 mm 19,5 x 11,0 mm 16,5 x 24,5 mm 20,0 x 20,0 mm 23,0 x 23,0 mm 24,0 x 24,0 mm 27,0 x 27,0 mm 29,0 x 25,0 mm 29,0 x 29,0 mm 31,0 x 31,0 mm 30,0 x 34,0 mm 35,0 x 35,0 mm 37,0 x 37,0 mm 39,0 x 39,0 mm 41,5 x 41,5 mm 44,0 x 44,0 mm 47,0 x 13,0 mm 48,0 x 48,0 mm 49,0 x 49,0 mm 51,0 x 51,0 mm 59,0 x 20,0 mm 195 Hot Air Nozzles Electric Screwdriver "Power is nothing without control..." Flexible solutions Wide accessory program - analog or digital power units, torque tester, tool connection cables as well as a large bit portfolio 196 Electric Screwdriver Operational safety and environment pollution Noise level as of standard conversations (below emission level in hospitals during day duty) Ergonomic unit Light and compact ESD safe No emission No harmful carbon dust due to brushless motor ESD Low running costs Brushless, maintenance free motor Compatilbe units Analog and digital power units, clutch systems or electronic screwdrivers - all tools are compatible and for different applications 197 Electric Srewdriver WTS A WTS D Digital Power Unit WBTS12L WBTS35L Digital Power Unit WTBS35ECL Accessories WAH12 WCAB5M WAH35 WCAB5MS WBAL W TT5 198 WBTS12P WBTS35P Electric Screwdriver Technical data WTS A WTS D Mains supply voltage 100 - 240 VAC Speed control from 60% to 100% of nominal speed Display Operation panel no Simply rotary dial adjustment Torque range display Order-No. LED Text display no yes T005 39 016 99 T005 39 006 99 WBTS12L WBTS35L WBTS35ECL Lever start Lever start Lever start Push to start Push to start 0,05 - 1,2Nm 0,5 - 3,5 Nm 0,5 - 3,5 Nm 0,05 - 1,2Nm 0,5 - 3,5Nm For use with 1/4" bits 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" Brushless, maitenance free motor yes yes yes yes yes Right and left rotation yes yes yes yes yes <55dBA <55dBA <55dBA <55dBA <55dBA Start Torque range Low noise WBTS12P WBTS35P 199 Electric screwdriver WTS A S imply rotary dial adjustment Soft start capability - ramp from 0 to 2 sec. ESD compliant housing Order-No. Model Description T005 39 016 99 WTS A Analogue Power Unit Order-No. Model Description T005 39 006 99 WTS D Digital Power Unit, recommended ECL Electric Screwdriver WTS D E asy operation with text display and simple programming, multiple languages Soft start capability - ramp from 0 to 2 sec. Suitable for complex tightening applications ESD compliant housing 200 Electric Screwdriver WBTS12L Electric Screwdriver Lever start Torque setting via clutch spring compression Order-No. Model Description T005 39 091 99 WBTS12L Electric Screwdriver with lever start and 8-pin interface cable, connecting cable 2,5 m Order-No. Model Description T005 39 093 99 WBTS35L E lectric Screwdriver with lever start and 8-pin interface cable, connecting cable 2,5 m WBTS35L Electric Screwdriver Lever start Torque setting via clutch spring compression WBTS35ECL Electric Screwdriver L ever start Torque setting via digital controller Order-No. Model Description T005 39 095 99 WBTS35ECL Electric Screwdriver with lever start and 8-pin interface cable, connecting cable 2,5 m Order-No. Model Description T005 39 092 99 WBTS12P Electric Screwdriver push to start and 8-pin interface cable, connecting cable 2,5 m WBTS12P Electric Screwdriver P ush to start Torque setting via clutch spring compression WBTS35P Electric Screwdriver Push to start Torque setting via clutch spring compression Order-No. Model Description T005 39 094 99 WBTS35P Electric Screwdriver push to start and 8-pin interface cable, connecting cable 2,5 m 201 Accessories WAH12 Angle head Especially for tight work spaces Order-No. Model Description T005 87 677 01 WAH12 90 Angle head for WBTS12L Order-No. Model Description T005 87 677 02 WAH35 90 Angle head for WBTS35L Order-No. Model Description T005 87 677 03 WBAL Balancer WAH35 Angle head Especially for tight work spaces WBAL Balancer Working load limit from 0,4 to 1,0 kg 202 Electric Screwdriver WCAB5M Connecting cable Flexible connecting cable Order-No. Model Description T005 87 677 04 WCAB5M Connecting cable 5 m, 8-pin Order-No. Model Description T005 87 677 05 WCAB5MS Connecting cable with twist 5 m, 8-pin Order-No. Model Description T005 87 677 06 WTT5 Torque tester from 0,2 until 5 Nm WCAB5MS Connecting cable F lexible connecting cable with twist WTT5 Torque tester Tester for screwdriver calibration 3 units of torque measurements Automatic shut down 2 Display mode selectable Battery powered or power supply 203 Suitable Bits and Drive Phillips(R)-Bits A /4" Hex Insert Bits 1 Limited Clearance Order-No. Point Size B Overall Length Inch mm Turned Length (A) Inch mm Turned OD (B) Inch mm 446-0X 0 1 25 7/16 11 0,108 4,06 446-1X 1 1 25 7/16 11 0,108 4,06 446-2X 2 1 25 7/16 11 0,108 4,06 Pozidriv(R) Bits A B 1/4" Hex Insert Bits Order-No. Point Size Overall Length Inch mm Turned Length (A) Inch mm Turned OD (B) Inch mm 440-1-PZDX 1 1 25 440-2-PZDX 2 1 25 440-215-PZDX 2 11/2 38 440-22-PZDX 2 2 51 440-3-PZDX 3 1 25 440-4-PZDX 4 11/4 32 446-1-PZDX * 1 1 25 7/16 11 0,18 4,6 446-2-PZDX * 2 1 25 7/16 11 0,18 4,6 204 Electric Screwdriver Slotted Bits /4" Hex Insert Bits 1 Limited Clearance Order-No. Screw Size Length Inch mm Blade Thickness Inch mm Blade Width Inch mm 445-000X 1F-2R 1 25 ,021 ,53 ,125 3,2 445-00X 2F-3R 1 25 ,025 ,64 ,140 3,6 445-0X 3F-4R 1 25 ,030 ,76 ,154 3,9 445-10X 4F-5R 1 25 ,034 ,86 ,185 4,7 445-20X 5F-6R 1 25 ,036 ,91 ,216 5,5 445-30X 6F-7R 1 25 ,038 ,97 ,248 6,3 Torx(R) Bits 1/4" Hex Insert Bits Order-No. Point Size Overall Length Inch mm 440-TX-05X T-5 1 25 440-TX-06X T-6 1 25 440-TX-07X T-7 1 25 440-TX-08X T-8 1 25 440-TX-09X T-9 1 25 440-TX-10X T-10 1 25 440-TX-15X T-15 1 25 440-TX-20X T-20 1 25 440-TX-25X T-25 1 25 440-TX-27X T-27 1 25 440-TX-30X T-30 1 25 440-TX-40X T-40 1 25 205 Suitable Bits and Drive Socket Head Bits 1/4" Hex Insert Bits - Metric Order-No. Point Size Overall Length Inch mm 185-1.5MM 1,5 mm 1 25 185-2MM 2,0 mm 1 25 185-2.5MM 2,5 mm 1 25 185-3MM 3,0 mm 1 25 185-4MM 4,0 mm 1 5/16 33 185-5MM 5,0 mm 1 5/16 33 185-6MM 6,0 mm 1 5/16 33 185-7MM 7,0 mm 1 1/4 32 185-8MM 8,0 mm 1 1/4 32 185-9MM 9,0 mm 1 1/4 32 185-10MM 10,0 mm 1 1/4 32 Bit Holder Hex Drive for 1/4" Hex Inserts Order-No. Size Overall Length mm M-490-2 2 51 Magnetic M-490-NR 2 31/32 75 Magnetic; No lock ring M-490 2 31/32 75 Magnetic M-497 3 3/32 Magnetic; 3/8" (9,5 mm) reduced dia. 206 Electric Screwdriver Slotted Drive 1/4" Hex Power Drive Order-No. Screw Size Length Inch mm Blade Thickness Inch mm Blade Width / Body O Inch mm 320-000X 1F-2R 1 15/16 49 ,022 ,56 ,155 3,10 326-000X 1F-2R 2 3/4 70 ,022 ,56 ,155 3,10 320-00X 2F-3R 1 15/16 49 ,026 ,66 ,134 3,40 326-00X 2F-3R 2 3/4 70 ,026 ,66 ,134 3,40 320-0X 3F-4R 1 15/16 49 ,030 ,76 ,151 3,84 326-0X 3F-4R 2 3/4 70 ,030 ,76 ,151 3,84 320-1X 4F 6R 1 15/16 49 ,034 ,86 ,187 4,75 326-1X 4F-5R 2 3/4 70 ,034 ,86 ,187 4,75 320-20X 5F-6R 1 15/16 49 ,036 ,91 ,215 5,46 326-20X 5F-6R 2 3/4 70 ,036 ,91 ,215 5,46 320-2X 5F-6R 1 15/16 49 ,036 ,91 ,250 6,35 326-2X 5F-6R 2 3/4 70 ,036 ,91 ,250 6,35 207 Suitable Bits and Drive Socket Head Drive 1/4" Hex Power Drive - Metric Order-No. Point Size Overall Length Inch mm AM-1.5MM 1,5 mm 1 15/16 49 AM-2MM 2,0 mm 1 15/16 49 AM-2.5MM 2,5 mm 1 15/16 49 AM-3MM 3,0 mm 1 15/16 49 AM-3MM-3 3,0 mm 3 76 AM-3MM-4 3,0 mm 4 102 AM-4MM 4,0 mm 1 15/16 49 AM-5MM 5,0 mm 1 15/16 49 AM-5MM-4 5,0 mm 4 AM-6MM 6,0 mm 1 15/16 AM-6MM-4 6,0 mm 4 AM-7MM 7,0 mm 1 15/16 49 AM-8MM 8,0 mm 1 15/16 49 AM-10MM 10,0 mm 1 15/16 49 102 49 102 Pozidriv(R)-Klingen 1/4" Hex Power Drive Order-No. Size Overall Length Inch mm Body O Inch mm Turned Length Inch mm 491-PZDX 1 1 15/10 49 3/10 4,6 1 1/4 32 491-A-PZDX 1 2 3/4 70 3/16 48 2 51 492-PZDX 2 1 15/16 49 1/4 6,4 1 1/4 32 492-A-PZDX 2 2 3/4 70 1/4 6,4 2 51 493-PZDX 3 1 15/16 49 5/16 7,9 1 25 493-A-PZDX 3 2 3/4 70 5/16 7,9 1 3/4 44 208 Electric Screwdriver Torx(R) Drive 1/4" Hex Power Drive Order-No. Driver Size Body O mm Overall Length Inch mm 49-TX-05 T5 3,0 1 15/16 49 49-A-TX-05 T-5 3,0 2 3/4 70 49-TX-06 T-6 3,0 1 15/16 49 49-A-TX-06 T-6 3,0 2 3/4 70 49-TX-07 T-7 3,0 1 15/16 49 49-A-TX-07 T-7 3,0 2 3/4 70 49-A-TX-08 T-8 3,0 2 3/4 70 49-TX-09 T-9 3,0 1 15/16 49 49-A-TX-09 T-9 3,0 2 3/4 70 49-TX-10 T-10 3,8 1 15/16 49 49-A-TX-10 T-10 3,8 2 3/4 70 49-TX-15 T-15 3,8 1 15/16 49 49-A-TX-15 T-15 3,8 2 3/4 70 49-TX-20 T-20 4,3 1 15/16 49 49-A-TX-20 T-20 4,3 2 3/4 70 49-TX-25 T 25 4,0 1 15/16 49 49-B-TX-25 T-25 4,9 3 1/2 89 49-TX-27 T-27 5,5 1 15/16 49 49-B-TX-27 T 27 5,5 3 1/2 89 49-TX-30 T-30 6,0 1 15/16 49 49-B-TX-30 T-30 6,0 3 1/2 89 49-TX-40 T 40 7,8 1 15/16 49 49-B-TX-40 T-40 7,8 3 1/2 89 209 Suitable Bits and Drive Phillips(R) Drive 1/4" Hex Power Drive Order-No. Point Size Overall Length Inch mm Body O Inch mm Turned Length Inch mm 4910X 0 1 15/16 49 1/8 3,2 1 1/4 32 4910-AX 0 2 3/4 70 1/8 3,2 2 51 491X 1 1 15/16 49 3/16 4,8 1 1/4 32 491-AX 1 2 3/4 70 3/16 4,8 2 51 492X 2 1 15/16 49 1/4 6,4 1 1/4 32 492-AX 2 2 3/4 70 1/4 6,4 2 51 493X 3 1 15/16 49 5/16 7,9 1 25 493-AX 3 2 3/4 70 5/16 7,9 1 3/4 44 210 211 Electric Screwdriver Dispensers, Syringes Adapters, Needles Less is more ... 212 Dispensers Easy handling reduced sources of errors due to manual control dispensing time via potentiometer protection against pollution vacuum technology for drop stop Easy equipment selection the adequate dispenser for every application 2 versions of dispenser, 1 or 2 channel tremendous economy of consumables quick overview and selection of accessories 213 Dispensers KDS824A S hot time duration adjustable from 0,01 to 99,99 seconds Vacuum feature prevents dripping Electrically actuated foot pedal One channel without time controlled air Order No. Model 0053163699 KDS824A Order No. Model 0053165699 KDS834A Order No. Model KDS806V KDS806V Description Deluxe Shot Meter 230V/120V KDS834A ot time duration adjustable H from 0,01 to 99,99 seconds Vacuum feature prevent dripping Electrically actuated foot pedal Description Economy Shot Meter 230V/120V KDS806V asic ON-OFF function B Foot actuated for excellent ergonomics Works on compressed air input only, no electricity required 0 -100 PSI regulator and gauge Vacuum feature prevents dripping 214 Description Foot Valve with Vacuum Dispensers Wands KDS301 ttaches to the air accessory A port of the KDS824A A finger control on the wand allows an easily pick up of small components Comes with three sizes of conductive suction cups KDS260S (3,2 mm), KDS260M (6,3 mm), KDS260L (9,5 mm) Order No. Model KDS301 KDS301 Description Vacuum Pick-up Wand Spare Parts Suction Cups KDS301 Order No. Model Description KDS260S KDS260S Suction Cup Small 3,2 mm for KDS301 KDS260M KDS260M Suction Cup Medium 6,3 mm for KDS301 KDS260L KDS260L Suction Cup Large 9,5 mm for KDS301 215 Syringe Adapters Unique design works with all manufacturers syringes 360 swivel on adapter head for ease of motion Use with single component, two part, self-leveling and non-self-leveling materials Syringe Adapters Metal Adapters Assemblies (universal) etal syringe adapter with M 6" (2 m) air line and fitting Plugs directly into any shot meters Fittes all syringes usual in trade Order No. Size Airline Diameter Inch mm Pack quantity KDS805S6 5CC 3/32" 2,4 1 KDS810S6 10CC 3/32" 2,4 1 KDS830S6 30CC 3/32" 2,4 1 Plastic Adapters Assemblies P lastic adapter head with 6" (2 m) air line and fitting for Kahnetics syringes only Order No. Size Airline Diameter Inch mm KDS510S6 10CC 3/32" 2,4 1 KDS530S6 30CC 3/32" 2,4 1 Miscellaneous Accessories Order No. KDS816 216 Pack quantity Description Syringe Holder Stand Dispensers Needles Stainless Steel Plastic Hub Dispensing Needles Order No. Description Gauge Inside O Zoll mm Outside O Zoll mm Length Colour Zoll mm Pack quantity KDS1412P KDS141P Threaded Hub Needle 14 Threaded Hub Needle 14 0,067 0,067 1,70 1,70 0,083 0,083 2,11 2,11 1/2 12,70 1 25,40 dark green dark green 50 50 KDS1512P Threaded Hub Needle 15 0,060 1,52 0,072 1,83 1/2 12,70 orange 50 KDS1612P KDS161P KDS16112P Threaded Hub Needle 16 Threaded Hub Needle 16 Threaded Hub Needle 16 0,053 0,053 0,053 1,35 1,35 1,35 0,064 0,064 0,064 1,63 1,63 1,63 1/2 12,70 1 25,40 1 1/2 38,10 purple purple purple 50 50 50 KDS1712P Threaded Hub Needle 17 0,045 1,14 0,060 1,52 1/2 12,70 purple 50 KDS1812P KDS181P Threaded Hub Needle 18 Threaded Hub Needle 18 0,038 0,038 0,97 0,97 0,050 0,050 1,27 1,27 1/2 12,70 1 25,40 pink pink 50 50 KDS1912P KDS191P Threaded Hub Needle 19 Threaded Hub Needle 19 0,032 0,032 0,81 0,81 0,042 0,042 1,07 1,07 1/2 12,70 1 25,40 brown brown 50 50 KDS2012P KDS201P Threaded Hub Needle 20 Threaded Hub Needle 20 0,026 0,026 0,66 0,66 0,035 0,035 0,89 0,89 1/2 12,70 1 25,40 yellow yellow 50 50 KDS2112P Threaded Hub Needle 21 0,023 0,58 0,032 0,89 1/2 12,70 green 50 KDS2212P KDS221P Threaded Hub Needle 22 Threaded Hub Needle 22 0,019 0,019 0,48 0,48 0,028 0,028 0,71 0,71 1/2 12,70 1 25,40 black black 50 50 KDS2312P Threaded Hub Needle 23 0,017 0,43 0,025 0,64 1/2 12,70 light blue 50 KDS2512P Threaded Hub Needle 25 0,012 0,30 0,020 0,51 1/2 12,70 lblue 50 KDS3012P Threaded Hub Needle 30 0,006 0,15 0,012 0,30 1/2 12,70 lavender 50 KDS660 Pieces Needle Kit KDSSAMPLEPACK Needle Sample Pack 500 5 Packages 1.000 pcs. on request 217 Needles Tapered Tip Needles Order No. Description Gauge Inside O Colour Zoll mm Pack quantity KDS14TNP Taper Tip Needle 14 0,063 1,60 salmon 50 KDS16TNP Taper Tip Needle 16 0,048 1,22 grey 50 KDS18TNP Taper Tip Needle 18 0,034 0,86 green 50 KDS20TNP Taper Tip Needle 20 0,024 0,61 pink 50 KDS22TNP Taper Tip Needle 22 0,017 0,43 blue 50 218 Dispensers Miscellaneous Accessories Order No. Description Pack quantity KDS825 Panel Mount Coupler 1 KDS900 Male Connector large Barb 5 KDS901 Female Connector for KDS301 1 TAL332CH Air-line for syring adapter 1 APC5132CM Air-line for KDS301 1 219 Contents Erem Tools Precision Made in Switzerland 220 - 223 Tweezers 224 - 247 Erem impresses 226 - 227 Special applications 228 - 229 Tweezers with pointed tips 230 - 237 Tweezers with flat round tips Tweezers with ergonomic handles SMD tweezers Locking gripping tweezers Wafer tweezers 239 240 - 242 243 244 - 245 Cutting tweezers 245 Stripping tweezers 246 Extraction tweezers 247 Cutters 220 238 248 - 289 Erem impresses 252 - 253 Choosing the right tool 254 - 259 Special applications 260 - 261 Series 600 Micro cutters 262 - 265 Series 2400 MagicSense cutters 266 - 269 Series 500 Medium cutters 270 - 275 Series 800 Maxi cutters 276 - 279 Tungsten-carbide cutters 280 - 283 Special applications 284 - 285 Pneumatic side cutters and tip cutters 286 - 287 Distance cutters 288 - 289 Pliers 290 - 303 Erem pliers 292 - 297 Stripping pliers 298 - 299 Forming pliers 300 - 303 Special tools 304 - 313 IC and SMD tools 306 - 307 Fibre optic tools 308 - 309 Vacuum micromanipulator 310 - 313 Kits 314 - 322 221 Tweezers Precision Made in Switzerland The quality and performance of our Erem precision tools are the product of more than 40 years of development and know-how. Made in Switzerland, Erem tools are the result of constant product development and innovation to meet customer demands and the requirements of modern manufacturing techniques. Constantly changing market developments encourage Erem to design and manufacture forward looking tools for appli cations in the fields of electronics, aviation / aero-space, biology, medical accessories, the watch industry and telecommunications. Erem tools enjoy the deserved high reputation of Swiss precision manufacture and our expertise, combined with ease of use and operator comfort make them an ideal partner in global manufacturing processes. Erem is a branch of Cooper Hand Tools whose European headquarters are located in Besigheim, Germany. Cooper Hand Tools is a subsidiary of Cooper Industries, headquartered in Houston Texas, has a global workforce of 35,000 and achieved sales of $5 billion US. Since 1963 The genuine Swiss pliers & tweezers 222 223 Tweezers Tweezers Erem manufacture a wide range of tweezers. The combination of expert manufacture, symmetry and balance give Erem tweezers their renowned reputation for precision and the highest quality. Pointed tips for precision work Ergonomically shaped handles prevent hand fatigue Large selection of matching SMD tweezers and cutting tweezers for individual applications 225 Tweezers Erem impresses Erem manufactures a wide range of precision tweezers. The range covers tweezers made from hardened steel, stainless steel, non-magnetic acid resistant stainless steel, titanium, brass, nickel silver and nickelplated tweezers. Tweezer tips can be serrated or smooth metal, or made from synthetic ESD safe material to prevent damage to fragile surfaces. Erem can make to order tweezers for specialised applications. The combination of precision-manufactured, symmetrical tips and perfect balance make Erem t weezers outstanding high-precision tools of the highest quality. In addition to SMD and stripping tweezers, the range includes special gripping tweezers, which enable particularly fine wires or insulated optical fibres to be held and manipulated. Material The choice of which tweezers to use will depend as much on the material it is made from as the function it carries out: Hardened steel Tweezers made from hardened steel are typified by their particularly hard tips, which ensure great durability. The tweezers are magnetic and the material is not non-rusting. Stainless steel Titanium Tweezers made from stainless steel have robust tips and are non-rusting. The material is less hard than hardened steel. Titanium tweezers are light weight and resistant to high temperatures. Stainless-steel tweezers have the identification letter S" in their order numbers. Erem special stainless steel This alloy is non-magnetic. The tweezers are non-rusting, acid-proof and heatresistant up to 300C (512F). Tweezers made from special stainless steel tweezers have the identification letter SA" in their order numbers. 226 Tweezers Coating Only Erem offers tweezers with a special Pyroplast coating. Advantages: Heat-resistant up to 500C (932F), almost twice as high as Teflon(R) or Cralon No capillary effect on tips, e.g. while soldering (non-stick property) No contamination caused by positive or negative charge Water-resistant Radiation-resistant Thickness of coating 60-80 The Pyroplast coating is not available on all Erem tweezers. It is made to order and requires a minimum order quantity. Please contact your nearest sales office for more information. Ergonomic Erem has developed a series of tweezers with ergonomic handles to reduce the risk of Repetitive Strain Injuries (RSI) to the hands. The identification letter in the order number is E". Erem also offers two further innovative tweezers with ergonomically shaped handles: E15AGW cutting tweezers with hardened cutting edges for increased service life EOODSA precision tweezers with straight strong tips which are inside-serrated for secure handling Advantages: Ergonomically shaped handles reduce Carpal Tunnel Syndrome (CTS) and early hand fatigue Two-color, thermally insulated soft-grip handles made from soft foam material ensure high user comfort Manufactured from non-magnetic, acid-proof and stainless steel alloy ESD-safe Teflon(R) is a registered Trademark of E.I. Dupont de Nemours and Company 227 Special applications The quality and performance of Erem precision tweezers are the result of more than 40 years of development and know-how. Erem is one of the leaders in the development of high-precision tools for a wide variety of applications in electronics, aeronautical engineering, light engineering, telecommunications, laboratory technology, medicine and the jewelry, watchmaking and goldsmith industries. Tweezers for biology and laboratory applications Erem micro-tweezers are suitable for use in biology (e.g. model 5MBS, 5FSA or M5S). These tweezers with very pointed tips enable confined spaces to be accessed and offer excellent visibility when performing precision work and when working under a microscope. High precision tweezers are particularly suitable for analysis applications and the handling of tissues, fine threads and other very small objects. 228 Tweezers Tweezers for use in the jewelry industry These stainless steel tweezers with Teflon(R) coated tips (e.g. type 2ASASLT) are particularly suited for use in the jewelry industry. They are robust and the Teflon(R) coated tips are non stick. Titanium tweezers type like 3CTA are also ideal for this application. Their lightweight maintains fingertip control over extended working periods and their resistance to high temperatures allows them to be used where gas flames might be encountered. Tweezers for use in light engineering and dental applications Erem offers special gripping pliers for appli-cations in light engineering. The lockable gripping tweezers type 940AS can withstand a tensile force of 5 kg and can securely hold small wires. The stainless steel construction allows the tweezers to be sterilised in an autoclave. 229 Tweezers Precision tweezers: Pointed tips straight For applications in microelectronics, jewelrymaking, watchmaking, medicine and laboratory technology Suitable for delicate standard applications and precision work on small components or wires For all models with the suffix SA or SASL in the o rder number: Special stainless steel, non- magnetic, non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant For all models with the suffix S in the order number: Stainless steel, robust tips, non-rusting, non-reflecting surface 80 mm/3.150 Inch Model M5S Description 6g 0.21 oz. Micro-tweezers, very pointed tips, e.g. for precision work under a microscope. 108 mm/4.252 Inch Model 230 Description ACSA 0.56 oz.handling. 20AS 0.42 oz.serrated 16 g 12 g Precision tweezers with serrated finger grips for secure For precise bending and holding of components or wires. Precision tweezers with serrated finger grips and insidetips for secure handling. Guide pin to avoid overlapping of tips. For precise bending and holding of components or wires. Tweezers Precision tweezers: Pointed tips straight 110 mm/4.331 Inch Model Description 3CS 0.39 oz. 3CSA 0.39 oz. 3CSASL 11 g 11 g 11 g Precision tweezers with long tips for precision work on printed-circuit boards. Precision tweezers, standard model for delicate work. Same as 3CSA, but economy model. 0.39 oz. 3CTA 0.28 oz. 53CSA 0.39 oz.Prevents 8g 11 g Model same as 3CSA, but made from titanium: non-magnetic, very heat-resistant and very light. Precision tweezers with anti-crush feature. damage to sensitive components. Tweezers relieved at front for secure handling. 120 mm/4.724 Inch Model Description 3SA 0.49 oz. 3SASL 0.49 oz. 1SA 0.49 oz. 1SASL 0.49 oz. 00SA 0.71 oz. Suitable 14 gPrecision tweezers with pointed tips for work in microelectronics. 14 g 14 g 14 g 20 g Same as 3SA, but economy model. Precision tweezers with pointed tips for standard applications.. Same as 1SA, but economy model. Precision tweezers with pointed tips. Very robust. for standard applications, e.g. for assembly in electronics. 231 Tweezers Precision tweezers: Pointed tips straight 120 mm/4.724 Inch Model Description 00SASL* 0.71 oz. 00CSA 0.64 oz. 00BSA 0.71 oz. 00DSA 0.71 oz. 64SA 0.60 oz. 11N 0.60 oz. AAZ* 0.56 oz. 20 g 18 g Same as OOSA, but economy model. Model same as 00SA, but with shorter tips. 20 gModel same as 00SA, but with serrated finger grips for secure handling. 20 g 17 g Model same as 00SA, but with serrated finger grips and inside-serrated tips for secure handling. Precision tweezers with pointed tips and serrated finger grips for secure handling. 17 gPrecision tweezers with medium-pointed tips for use on soft components. Nickel-silver, non-magnetic. 16 g Precision tweezers with medium-pointed tips, nickel-plated. Suitable for electronic assembly tasks. 125 mm/4.921 Inch Model Description AAS 0.56 oz. AASA 0.56 oz. AASASL* 0.56 oz. 16 g 16 g 16 g Precision tweezers with fine but robust tips. Precision tweezers with fine but robust tips for standard applications. Same as AASA, but economy model. *Not available in North America 232 Tweezers Precision tweezers: Pointed tips straight 125 mm/4.921 Inch Model AM Description 17 g Precision tweezers made from brass. The soft protects sensitive components against damage. No sparks. 0.60 oz.metal 130 mm/5.118 Inch Model Description 249SA 20 gPrecision tweezers with pointed synthetic tips (PPS) and 0.71 oz. serrated finger grips for secure handling. Volume resistance 16 /cm. Heat-resistant up to 250C (480F). Resistant to acids and molten soldering tin. Water-repellent. 249CER* 24 g 0.84 oz. Same as 249SA, but with ceramic tips. Heat-resistant up to 900C (1500F). 140 mm/5.512 Inch Model RRS Description 30 g 1.05 oz. SSSA 11 g 0.39 oz. Precision tweezers with strong tips for heavy-duty applications. Precision tweezers with long, narrow grips and low tension, responds to minimal pressure. The long grips allow precision work close to heat sources. 150 mm/5.906 Inch Model Description 29SA 26 gReverse-action tweezers with wide, rounded tips. For hol 0.92 oz. ding parts by reverse clamping action. Insulated handles, e.g. for protecting against heat. 160 mm/6.299 Inch Model 21SA 23 g 0.81 oz. Description Precision tweezers with medium-pointed tips and serrated finger grips and inside-serrated tips for secure handling. Very robust. The long grips allow precision work close to heat sources. *Not available in North America 233 Tweezers Precision tweezers: Pointed tips straight relieved For precision work e.g. under a microscope Relieved shape facilitates excellent access to the most confined spaces For all models with the suffix SA or SASL in the o rder number: Special stainless steel, non- magnetic, non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant For all models with the suffix S in the order number: Stainless steel, robust tips, non-rusting, non-reflecting surface 90 mm/3.543 Inch Model M4AS* Description 9g 0.32 oz. Micro-tweezers, very pointed tips, e.g. for working under a microscope. 110 mm/4.331 Inch Model Description 4SA 0.46 oz. 4ASL 0.46 oz. 13 g 13 g Precision tweezers with very pointed tips. Same as 4SA, but economy model. *Not available in North America 234 Tweezers Precision tweezers: Pointed tips straight relieved 115 mm/4.528 Inch Model Description 5MBS* 12 g 0.42 oz. Precision tweezers with extremely pointed tips (~ 0.03 x 0.07 mm/.002 Inch) for use in dissection procedures and working under a microscope. For use on soft materials only. 5FSA* 12 g 0.42 oz. Precision tweezers with extremely pointed tips (~ 0.05 x 0.1 mm/.003 Inch) for use in dissection procedures and working under a microscope. For use on soft materials only. 5SA 0.42 oz. Precision tweezers with very pointed tips, suitable for very fine wires. 5SASL 0.42 oz. 2SA 0.56 oz. 2SASL 0.56 oz. 12 g 12 g 16 g 16 g Same as 5SA, but economy model. Precision tweezers with medium-pointed tips. Same as 2SA, but economy model. 120 mm/4.724 Inch Model 258SA 15 g 0.53 oz. Description Precision tweezers with pointed synthetic tips (PPS) and serrated finger grips for secure handling. Volume resistance 16 /cm. Heat-resistant up to 250C (480F). Resistant to acids and molten soldering tin. Water-repellent. *Not available in North America 235 Tweezers Precision tweezers: Pointed tips bent For applications in biology, medicine, laboratory technology and microelectronics Bent shape facilitates access to confined spaces For all models with the suffix SA or SASL in the order number: Special stainless steel, nonmagnetic, non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant For all models with the suffix S in the order number: Stainless steel, robust tips, non-rusting, non-reflecting surface 110 mm/4.331 Inch Model 3CBS 15 g 0.53 oz. Description Precision tweezers, curved 40, with pointed tips, for precision work such as assembly on printed-circuit boards. 115 mm/4.528 Inch Model Description 5CSA 12 gPrecision tweezers, curved 30, relieved. Pointed tips. 0.42 oz. Relieved shape at front of handle provides excellent visibility of the area to be worked on. 5BSA 12 gPrecision tweezers, curved 30, relieved. Pointed tips. 0.42 oz. Relieved shape at front of handle provides excellent visibility of the area to be worked on. 51SA 12 gPrecision tweezers, curved 30, relieved. Very pointed tips. 0.42 oz. Relieved shape at front of handle provides excellent visibility of the area to be worked on. 236 Tweezers Precision tweezers: Pointed tips bent 115 mm/4.528 Inch Model Description 51SASL 0.42 oz. 5ASA 0.42 oz. 5ASASL 0.42 oz. 12 g 12 g 12 g Same as 51SA, but economy model. Precision tweezers, lightly curved 15, relieved. Very pointed tips, e.g. for installing small components. Same as 5ASA, but economy model. 120 mm/4.724 Inch Model Description 7SA 0.53 oz. 7SASL 0.53 oz. 15 g 15 g Precision tweezers, curved, relieved, with pointed tips. Excellent handling in confined spaces. Same as 7SA, but economy model. 140 mm/5.512 Inch Model Description 65ASA 11 g 0.39 oz. Precision tweezers, curved 50. Very pointed tips. For working with extra-small chips and other miniature components. 150 mm/5.906 Inch Model Description 24SA 22 g 0.78 oz. 30SA Precision tweezers, curved 40, with robust pointed tips. Serrated finger grips and inside-serrated tips for secure handling. Guide pin to avoid overlapping of tips. Ideally suitable for soldering and assembly jobs. 26 gReverse-action tweezers, curved 30, with robust pointed Fibreglass handles for protection against heat. Reverse clamping action for comfortably holding parts. Particularly suitable for soldering and assembly jobs. 0.92 oz.tips. 237 Tweezers Precision tweezers: Flat round tips straight Suitable for all standard gripping applications and assembly jobs on printed-circuit boards, e.g. in the goldsmith and jewelry industries For all models with the suffix SA or SASL in the order number: Special stainless steel, nonmagnetic, non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant 120 mm/4.724 Inch Model Description 2ASA 0.53 oz. 2ASASL 0.53 oz. 15 g 15 g 2ASASLT* 0.56 oz. 2ASARU 0.56 oz. 16 g Same as 2ASA, but economy model. Same as 2ASA, but with Teflon(R)-coated tips for non-stick holding of self-adhesive parts. 16 gSame as 2ASA, but with coated tips for non-stick holding of self-adhesive parts. 25SA 15 g 0.53 oz. 52ASA Precision tweezers with flat rounded tips for gripping small components. Tip width 2 mm/.078 Inch. Precision tweezers with flat, round tips slightly wider than the 2ASARU model. Serrated finger grips for secure handling. For standard gripping jobs. 15 gPrecision tweezers with pointed, rounded and flexibly movable tips. Prevents damage to sensitive components. 0.53 oz. *Not available in North America 238 Tweezers Precision tweezers with ergonomic handles This series offers models with thin shaped tips to suit every application Ergonomically shaped handles reduce hand fatigue and facilitates comfortable working Thermally insulated, soft foam handles, ESD-safe For all models with the suffix SA in the order number: Special stainless steel, non-magnetic, non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant 120 mm/4.724 Inch Model Description E5SA 0.88 oz. E3CSA 0.88 oz. E00SA 1.05 oz. E00DSA 1.05 oz. E7SA 0.99 oz. 25 gErgonomic precision tweezers with straight, very pointed tips for gripping fine wires. 25 gErgonomic precision tweezers with long, straight and pointed tips, e.g. for assembly jobs on printed-circuit boards. 30 gErgonomic precision tweezers with straight, strong tips for standard applications. Very robust. 30 gModel same as EOOSA, but with inside-serrated tips. 28 gErgonomic precision tweezers with curved strong tips, e.g. for working in confined spaces. E2ASA 28 gErgonomic precision tweezers with straight, flat 0.99 oz. and rounded tips for simple gripping jobs. Tip width 2 mm/.078 Inch. E15AWG 30 gCutting tweezers, carbon-steel tips. 1.05 oz. 239 Tweezers SMD tweezers High-quality precision tweezers for SMD jobs with different designs (chip, MELFs, mini MELFs) Blunted edges prevent damage to printed-circuit boards SMD tweezers - Angled tips Suitable for perfect handling of chips and miniature components Suitable for assembling SMD printed-circuit boards or ceramic substrates Bent shape facilitates optimum access to confined spaces and provides excellent visibility of the area to be worked on For all models with the suffix CA in the order number: Special stainless steel, non-magnetic, non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant 115 mm/4.528 Inch Model 240 Description 102ACA 0.53 oz. 102ACAX 0.49 oz. 103ACA 0.53 oz. 15 gSMD tweezers, angled 45, with pointed tips for vertical application. 14 gModel same as 102ACA, but reverse clamping action for easy holding. 15 gSMD tweezers, angled 45, with slightly wider tips for vertical application. Tweezers SMD tweezers - Round tips straight Suitable for gripping and holding round components and wires Blunted edges prevent damage to printed-circuit boards For all models with the suffix SA in the order number: Special stainless steel, non-magnetic, non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant 110 mm/4.331 Inch Model Description 39SA 0.53 oz.Serrated 40SA 0.53 oz.Serrated 15 g 15 g SMD tweezers with round tips, dia. 0.3 mm/.011 Inch. finger grips for secure handling. For gripping small wires and cylindrical components. SMD tweezers with round tips, dia. 0.4 mm/.015 Inch. finger grips for secure handling. For gripping small wires and cylindrical components. 120 mm/4.724 Inch Model Description 150SAMF 0.46 oz..047 150SAD 0.46 oz..059 150SA 0.46 oz..059 151SA 0.46 oz..118 13 g SMD tweezers with round, very narrow tips, dia. 1.2 - 2.5 mm/ - .098 Inch. Serrated finger grips for secure handling. For gripping cylindrical components, mini MELFs, etc. 13 gSMD tweezers with round tips, dia. 1.5 - 3 mm/ -.118 Inch.Serrated finger grips for secure handling. For gripping cylindrical components, mini MELFs, etc. 13 g 13 g SMD tweezers with round tips, dia. 1.5 - 3 mm/ -.118 Inch. Serrated finger grips for secure handling. For gripping cylindrical components. SMD tweezers with round tips, dia. 3 - 6 mm/ -.236 Inch. Serrated finger grips for secure handling. For gripping cylindrical components. 241 Tweezers SMD tweezers - Round tips bent Suitable for gripping fine wires and cylindrical components Blunted edges prevent damage to printed-circuit boards For all models with the suffix SA in the order number: Special stainless steel, non-magnetic, non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant 115 mm/4.528 Inch Model Description 32BSA 0.60 oz. 32BSA20* 0.60 oz. 32BSA25 0.60 oz. 17 gSMD tweezers, angled 45, with round tips, dia. 5 mm/.197 Inch. 17 g SMD tweezers, angled 45, with round tips, dia. 2 mm/.078 17 gMD tweezers, angled 45, with round tips, dia. 2.5 mm/.098 Inch. 150SAMB 13 gMD tweezers, angled 40, with round tips, 0.46 oz. dia. 1.2 - 2.5 mm/ .047 - .098 Inch. Serrated finger grips for secure handling. *Not available in North America 242 Tweezers Locking Gripping Tweezers Gripping tweezers enable the user to hold and manipulate particularly fine wires with a diameter from 0.3 mm/.011 Inch or insulated optical fibres with a diameter of between 1.5 mm/.059 Inch and 5 mm/.197 Inch Suitable as a ligature clamp in dentistry Can be disinfected and sterilized 120 mm/4.724 Inch Model 940AS* Description 17 g Gripping tweezers with locking mechanism. ring-shaped tip provides for secure handling up to a tensile force of 5 kg. 0.60 oz.The *Not available in North America 243 Tweezers Wafer tweezers Suitable for 3" to 6" wafers Serrated finger grips for secure handling Wafer tweezers are available to order in various sizes and coatings For all models with the suffix SA in the order number: Special stainless steel, non-magnetic, non-rusting, acid-proof, heat-resistant 125 mm/4.921 Inch 130 mm/5.118 Inch A = Paddle width B = Paddle depth Model Dimensions in mm/Inch A B Description 91SA 12 7 .472 .276 15 g 0.53 oz. Model Dimensions in mm/Inch A B Description 600ASA 23 g 0.81 oz. 19,5 608ASA 23 g 0.81 oz. 600JSA 244 Standard wafer tweezers for 3" and 4" wafers. 24 g 0.84 oz. .768 30 8Wafer tweezers with flat lower paddle and .3156 upper fingers for protecting wafers against damage. For 6" wafers. 8,5Model same as 600ASA, but 30 mm/1.181 Inch wide. 1.181 .276 20 8Wafer tweezers with free-floating Teflon(R) .315upper paddle for secure, damage-free gripping. For 4" - 6" wafers. .787 Tweezers Wafer tweezers 150 mm/5.906 Inch Model Dimensions in mm/Inch A B Description 141SAP 30 8 1.181 .315protecting 30 g 1.05 oz. Wafer tweezers with polyester tips for Si, GaAs or Ti wafers against damage. For 4" - 6" wafers. Cutting tweezers Suitable for cutting fine, soft wires and small components Delivers high-precision cuts Hardened cutting edges for long service life For all models with the suffix S in the order number: Stainless steel, robust tips, non-rusting, non-reflecting surface 115 mm/4.528 Inch Model Description 15AGS 0.74 oz. 15AGW 0.92 oz. 21 g Cutting tweezers with narrow oblique head. For soft wires up to dia. 0.25 mm/.010 Inch. 26 gSCutting tweezers with narrow oblique head. For soft wires up to dia. 0.25 mm/.010 Inch. 245 Tweezers Stripping tweezers Suitable for stripping fine wires with PVC or Teflon(R) insulation Non-reflecting surface Please send a wire sample when ordering 120 mm/4.724 Inch Model Description 29Y30* 0.78 oz. 29Y32* 0.78 oz. 29Y34* 0.78 oz. 29Y36* 0.78 oz. 29Y40* 0.78 oz. 22 g Miniature stripping tweezers, dia. 0.25 mm/.010 Inch (AWG 30). Stainless steel. Serrated finger grips for secure handling. 22 gMiniature stripping tweezers, dia. 0.2 mm/.007 Inch (AWG 32). Stainless steel. Serrated finger grips for secure handling. 22 gMiniature stripping tweezers, dia. 0.16 mm/.006 Inch (AWG 34). Stainless steel. Serrated finger grips for secure handling. 22 gMiniature stripping tweezers, dia. 0.13 mm/.005 Inch (AWG 36). Stainless steel. Serrated finger grips for secure handling. 22 gMiniature stripping tweezers, dia. 0.08 mm/.003 Inch (AWG 40). Stainless steel. Serrated finger grips for secure handling. 120 mm/4.724 Inch Model Description 29W30 28 gStripping tweezers with synthetic fibre handle. For wires 0.99 oz. of dia. 0.25 - 0.3 mm/.010 - .011 Inch (AWG 30 - 28). For standard and Teflon(R) insulation. XB29W301 Spare blade for 29W30 *Not available in North America 246 Tweezers Extraction tweezers A = Outside diameter of pin B = Inside diameter of pin Suitable for extracting contacts from the rear of a plug connector 120 mm/4.724 Inch Model Dimensions in mm/Inch OA O B Description 024C 12 15 g 0.53 oz. .472 7Extraction tweezers for Sub-D connectors. .276 Stainless steel. 247 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Erem offers a wide range of precision side and tip cutters for almost every application Special tool steel is hardened with an unique Swiss technology This particular hardening process guarantees high durability 248 249 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Side Cutters and Tip Cutters ESD-safe The interchangeable foam-cushion handles are ESD-safe and are fitted as standard on all Erem cutters and pliers. 10 conductive 100 EMI/RF Sources:DOD/CECC static dissipating 105 Erem cutters and pliers Internal patented Erem Magic Spring Reduce costs by long life Constant spring force Guarantees more than 1 million operations High precision screw joint Smooth jaw action with no play Smooth cutting operation with no jaw overlapping Erem Cut: Options for semi flush, full flush or super flush cuts 250 antistatic 1012 insulating 1020 /cm2 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Ergonomically shaped handles for high comfort, better grip and added safety EMOS maximum opening stop limits the cutting-edge tips from opening more than 5 mm/.197 Inch. The limited extent to which the handles can open prevent user hand fatigue. Erem cutting-edge protection for tip cutters All tip cutters are fitted with a special stop system which prevents the cutting edges from overlapping. Induction-hardened cutting edges in Rockwell hardness 63 - 65 HR for exceptionally long life Safety device for holding wire scraps This safety device for side cutters holds wire scraps securely after cutting. Available on most Series 500, 600 and 2400 cutters (oval head). Order suffix W", e.g. 595EW. 251 Erem impresses Erem Technology Handle Special tool steel Erem cutters and pliers with ergonomic handles Erem electronics tools are made from bright steel. They are not drop forged. The special tool steel is made using an unique Swiss processing technique. The bright tool steel gives additional strength and toughness to the tools pro-moting a long service life. Work Related Upper Limb Disorder (WRULD) can be caused by positional fatigue or nerve damage brought about by the repeated use of non-ergonomic hand tools, otherwise known as Repetitive Strain Injuries (RSI). High precision screw joint This self locking screw joint system gives a smooth cutting and opening action and ensures that there is no blade overlap or play. Precision cutting and reduced shock to components. The internal patented Erem Magic Spring The Magic Spring system used in Erem precision tools is unique. It is integral to the cutting head and provides a constant closing and re-opening force. It is guaranteed for 1 million operations. The Magic Spring system is highly reliable, makes the tools easy to use and reduces operator fatigue. 252 EMOS maximum opening stop The unique EMOS (Erem Maximum Opening Stop) system prevents the tips from opening more than 5 mm/.197 Inch. It reduces user fatigue by preventing excessive hand spread. Comfortable and fatigue free working. WRULDS is a direct consequence of insufficient ergonomics in manufacturing processes and working practices. To reduce the factors which cause WRULDS, Erem has developed a range of tools with ergonomic handles (Series 2400 MagicSense). The handle shape and special materials ensure a soft feel, operating comfort and safety. The specially shaped handles ensure that the gripping pressure is evenly spread over the entire palm of the hand. The thumb and fingers automatically find their best position. The effort that has to be exerted by the user is reduced, thereby reducing hand fatigue. The anti-slip surface provides excellent grip. The material is highly resistant to perspiration, water, oil and chemicals. The handles are ESD-safe and are easily interchangeable. Semi Flush SF Semi Flush SF Semi Flush SF Flush F Flush F Flush F er Full Flush FF er Full Flush FF er Full Flush FF Erem Service Cut shape Rockwell hardness Re-sharpening There are three blade options, which determine the shape left on a lead after cutting. (see also P. 35) The cutting blades of Erem cutters are hardened to Rockwell 63-65 HRc by an induction heating process. Continuous process control ensures that the blades achieve the correct level of hardening and are not embrittled. Erem is your service partner. All Erem side and tip cutters except those with carbide insert blades can be re-sharpened up-to three times.Carriage charges will apply. 1. Semi-flush The re-sharpened tool is as good as new, its life is extended and costs are reduced. 2. Flush 3. Super full flush Cutting edge Erem cutters are noted for their ease of use, one of the reasons for this is the ability of the blade to cut equally well over its full length. This promotes operator comfort and reduces fatigue. This level of hardening plus the highgrade tool steel used in the manufacture of the tools and continuous process control promote an exceptionally long service life. Replacement parts Erem cutters and pliers and their component parts are warranted against manufacturing defects. Magic springs, precision joint components are available as spare parts. The warranty and availability of spares guarantee long service life. Semi-flush cutters offer the best performance and the longest service life. Super full flush cutters leave a flat wire end with minimal effort and prevent components from being subjected to load. High level of user comfort thanks to special cutting edge. ESD-safe The ergonomic, interchangeable molded handles are ESD-safe and are fitted as standard on all Erem cutters and pliers. Erem cut Super full flush: perfect flush cut Standard cut Super full flush" 253 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Erem Cut Choosing the right tool Selection criteria Erem offers a wide selection of precision side and tip cutters for virtually any application. When choosing the right cutter, it is important to take Size Cut Head shape Cutting capacity into consideration. Size Erem offers the right head size to suit every application. There are three main sizes: Micro, Medium and Maxi. Each head size is available in different head shapes. Head width Head thickness Classification of cutter heads Micro Medium Series 600 Series 2400 MagicSense Series 500 Series 800 Size Head width 9.0 mm/.354 Inch Head thickness 6.0 mm/.236 Inch Head width 11.0 mm/.433 Inch Head thickness 6.0 mm/.236 Inch Head width 11.0 mm/.433 Inch Head thickness 6.5 mm/.256 Inch Head width 13.5 mm/.531 Inch Head thickness 7.5 mm/.295 Inch Miniature cutter for applications in microelectronics and for fine wires. Offers a large variety of head shapes for very good access even to hard-to-reach areas. 254 Maxi Medium-size cutter. Combines robustness, visibility and accessibility. Large variety of head shapes for precision working in hard-to-reach areas. The Series 2400 MagicSense offers an optimised ergonomic shape and an improved grade of hardness. The strongest and most robust head size for general cutting applications in electronics, cuts large wire diameters. There are three blade options, which determine the shape left on a lead after cutting. Semi-flush Semi Flush SF Flush F Erem cut Super full flush: perfect flush cut Standard cut Super full flush" This cut leaves a pyramidal tip at the end of the wire. It is particularly suitable for standard jobs where the final shape does not play a significant role. Cutters with this cut are suitable for both soft copper wires and very hard wires such as stainless steel. Full Flush Semi Flush FF SF Flush Flush F r Full Flush FF Semi Flush SF This cut leaves a much smaller tip at the end of the wire than the semi-flush cut - without reducing the cutting capacity. The cutting edges are finer than on semi-flush cutters. The effort exerted when cutting is less and the load on the component is reduced. Flush wire ends reduce the effort needed to fit components on printedcircuit boards. Erem guarantees precise cutting even after frequent use. Flush F r Full Flush FF Super full flush Only Erem offers you a super full flush cut. This cut provides absolutely flush wire ends. No rework is needed. Cutters with this cut are absolutely precision-ground and sharpened. The effort exerted when cutting is low, as is the load on the component caused by the cut. Soldering tags in soldering-bath procedures are prevented. Cutters of this type are used in microelectronics, space travel or medical technology. These cutters are suitable for soft wires. 255 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Cut Choosing the right tool Head shape Erem offers the right head shape to suit your application. The head shapes differ in terms of shape and design. There are six basic shapes: Shape Tip cutter Straight relieved head Tip cutter Pointed relieved head Tip cutter Angled narrow head This head is suitable for horizontal and vertical cuts. The long tips facilitate cutting in hard-to-reach areas. This is the narrowest head shape. The underside is relieved and facilitates optimum access even to extremely hard-to-reach areas. The angled head provides for precise cuts at different working angles. Series 600 Micro 670E*, 670EP*, 670EPF* (P. 265) 622NB, 632NCF, 676E, 776E (P. 264) Series 2400 MagicSense 2470E (P. 269) 2475E, 2482E (P. 269) Series 500 Medium 570E, 573E** (P. 275) 555E, 572E, 582E (P. 53) 575E, 593AE (P. 273) Visibility and accessibility Cutting at the outermost tip of the cutter Series 800 Maxi 592E, 792E (P. 274) 884E (P. 278) * Very short head ** Straight head for vertical working Erem cutting-edge protection for tip cutters Erem tip cutters are equipped with cutting-edge protection.A special stop system prevents the cutting edges from overlapping. 256 Side cutter Tapered head Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Tip cutter Angled wide head Side cutter Oval head High cutting capacity Cutting over the full length of the cutter This is the most widely used head shape, it is robust and size for size offers the highest cutting capacity. The angled head provides for precise cuts at different working angles. The jaws of the cutter have straight edges and taper to a point. This head shape allows access to difficult to reach areas but reduces the cutting capacity in comparison to the same size oval head cutter. 622NA (P. 264) 612N, 622N, 632N (P. 263) 2403E, 2404E (P. 48) 2477E (P. 268) 2412E, 2422E, 2432E (P. 267) 503E, 504E (P. 52) 577E, 595E (P. 272) 512E, 512N, 522N, 532N, 599E (P. 271) 886E (P. 278) 812N, 822N, 896E (P. 277) Erem offers carbide cutters (see P. 39) for cutting high-hardness wire (piano wire). 257 Choosing the right tool Wire quality Piano wire, stainless spring steel wire, material 1.4310, tensile strength 2000-2400 MPa Hard wire, stainless steel wire, material 1.4301, tensile strength 1800 MPa Medium-hard wire, stainless steel wire, material 1.4301, tensile strength 800 MPa Soft wire, copper, aluminium, tensile strength 250 MPa Model Cut Cutting capability mm 0,03 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6 1,7 1,8 1,9 2,0 Inch .0001 .003 .007 .011 .015 .019 .023 .027 .031 .035 .039 .043 .047 .051 .055 .059 .062 .066 .070 .074 .078 Series 600 Micro Semi Flush SF Semi Flush SF Semi Flush SF 612N 622N Flush F Flush F Flush F Semi Flush SF Super Full Flush FF Super Full Flush FF Super Full Flush FF Flush F Semi-flush Flush 632N Super full flush 622NA Flush Semi Flush SF Super Full Flush FF Semi Flush SF Semi Flush SF Flush F 622NB Semi Flush SF Flush 676E Flush Flush F Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush F Super Full Flush FF Super Full Flush FF 776E Semi Flush SF Super Full Flush FF 632NCF Semi Flush SF Flush F 670E Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF Super full flush Super full flush Flush 670EP Flush 670EPF Flush Flush F Super Full Flush FF Only for soft materials: silicone, rubber, etc. For micro-package contacts Only for micro pitches under 0.5 mm / .019 Inch Super Full Flush FF mm 0,03 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6 1,7 1,8 1,9 2,0 Inch .0001 .003 .007 .011 .015 .019 .023 .027 .031 .035 .039 .043 .047 .051 .055 .059 .062 .066 .070 .074 .078 Series 2400 MagicSense Semi Flush SF Semi Flush SF Semi Flush SF 2412E Flush F Flush F Flush F 2422E Semi Flush SF Super Full Flush FF Super Full Flush FF Super Full Flush FF Flush F Semi-flush Flush 2432E Super full flush 2477E Flush Semi Flush SF Super Full Flush FF Semi Flush SF 30 F 2403E Flush Flush Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF 2475E 45 Flush Flush F Super Full Flush FF 2470E Flush 2404E 30 2482E 45 Super Full Flush FF 258 Cut Cutting capability mm 0,03 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6 1,7 1,8 1,9 2,0 Inch .0001 .003 .007 .011 .015 .019 .023 .027 .031 .035 .039 .043 .047 .051 .055 .059 .062 .066 .070 .074 .078 Series 500 Medium Semi Flush SF 512N Semi Flush SF Semi Flush SF Flush F Semi Flush SF 512E Semi Flush SF Flush F 522N Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush F Flush F Super Full Flush FF 599E Super Full Flush FF Semi Flush SF Super SuperFull FullFlush Flush FF FF 532N Semi Flush SF Flush F 595E Semi-flush Semi-flush Flush Flush Super full flush Flush Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF 30 593AE Semi Flush SF Flush Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF 575E Flush Flush F Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush 577E 503E 504AE 555E 35 572E 40 582E 45 582EW 45 592E Semi Flush SF Super Full Flush FF Super Full Flush FF 792E 570E Flush F Super full flush Flush Semi Flush SF Super Full Flush FF 573E Flush F Flush Super Full Flush FF mm 0,03 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6 1,7 1,8 1,9 2,0 Inch .0001 .003 .007 .011 .015 .019 .023 .027 .031 .035 .039 .043 .047 .051 .055 .059 .062 .066 .070 .074 .078 Series 800 Maxi Semi Flush SF 812N Semi Flush SF 896E Semi Flush SF Flush F Semi Flush SF Flush F Semi-flush Semi-flush 822N Flush 886E Flush Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush F Super Full Flush FF For vertical cutting Super Full Flush FF Semi Flush SF Super Full Flush FF 884E Flush F Flush Super Full Flush FF mm 0,03 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6 1,7 1,8 1,9 2,0 Inch .0001 .003 .007 .011 .015 .019 .023 .027 .031 .035 .039 .043 .047 .051 .055 .059 .062 .066 .070 .074 .078 Semi Flush SF Tungsten-carbide cutters 622TX Flush F Semi Flush SF Flush 599T Super Full Flush FF Semi-flush Flush F 599TF Flush F Flush Semi Flush SF Semi Flush SF 595T Super Full Flush FF Semi Flush SF Super Full Flush FF Semi Flush SF Flush F 595TF Flush F Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF 2476TX1 Semi-flush Flush Flush Super Full Flush FF Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF 2476 TX Flush 576TX Flush Semi Flush SF 503ET 30FF Super Full Flush Semi-flush Semi Flush SF 503ETF 30F Flush Semi-flush 576TX1 Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush F Super Full Flush FF Super Full Flush FF 259 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Model Special applications Side cutters for use in medical device manufacturing The 632NCF miniature side cutter is ideally suitable for soft material such as silicone tubes in medical device applications, precision connector seals or miniature rubber seals. The miniature cutter is also the ideal tool for cutting soft synthetic parts, e.g. in the manufacture of hearing aids. The cutting edges of the 632NCF side cutter are precision-ground to an extremely high level. This enables the c utter to deliver a razor-like full-flush cut. Tip cutters to remove fine pitch SMD ICs A simple method to remove SMD ICs is to cut each of the individual leads to remove the device and then reflow the joint with a soldering iron and remove the component lead from the board. The solder left on the board can then be removed with a desoldering tool or desolder braid and a new component fitted. The 670EP and 670EPF have fine pointed tapered and relieved heads that are able to fit between individual leads and cut them without causing damage to the printed circuit. 260 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Tungsten-carbide cutter for the preparation of cardio-vascular stents A stent is a vascular-wall prop. It is a lattice-shaped tube made of stainless steel or nickel-titanium. It serves to hold open constricted coronary blood vessels and improves the flow of blood through the vessels. It is important in stent manufacture that the cut end of any wire in the lattice is as flat as possible, otherwise it will be necessary rework the stents. These side cutters have fine polished carbide cutting blades to accurately cut the lattice and reduce the need for rework. High precision side cutter for cutting stainless wires The 599TFO has wear resistant tungsten carbide cutting edges and all round capability. It is able to cut VectranTM braided wires, fibre optics, Kevlar(R) and small stainless steel braids and wires. A further application lies in telecommunications, i.e. working on fibre-optic cables, Kevlar(R) silks and piano wires. VectranTM is a Trademark of Kurary Co., Ltd. Kevlar(R) is a registered Trademark of E.I. Dupont de Nemours and Company 261 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 600 Micro Miniature cutters Offers a wide variety of head shapes for access in difficult to reach areas Suitable for SMD and leads (670EP, 670EPF) 262 Made from high grade tool steel with cutting edges hardened to 63-65HRc Non reflecting surface, ESD safe, resharpenable Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 600 Micro D A B C D Tip cutter Straight short relieved head = length of cutting edges = head width = head thickness = head length Tip cutter Pointed relieved head Side cutter Tapered head Visibility and accessibility Side cutter Oval head Robustness, high cutting capacity Side cutter - oval head 110 mm/4.331 Inch 48 g/1.69 oz. Model Cut Semi Flush SF 612N Semi Flush SF Semi-flush Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D This is the most widely used head shape. Fits for all cutting applications where easy access is given It is robust and size for size offers the highest cutting capacity. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Hard wire Medium hardness Copper wire 9 9 6 15 0.5 0.81.3 .354 .354 .236 .590 .019 .031.051 9 9 6 15 - .354 .354 .236 .590 Flush F 622N Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush Flush F 0.8 1.3 .031.051 Super Full Flush FF 632N Super Full Flush FF Super full flush 9 9 6 15 .354 .354 .236 .590 - 0.7 1.3 .027.051 Wire quality, see P. 38 263 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 600 Micro Side cutter - tapered head 110 mm/4.331 Inch 48 g/1.69 oz Model Cut Semi Flush SF 622NA Flush F Flush Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D The jaws of the cutter have straight edges and taper to a point. This head shape allows access to difficult to reach areas but reduces the cutting capacity in comparison to the same size oval head cutter. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 9 9 6 15 0.7 1.0 .354 .354 .236 .590 .027 .039 Super Full Flush FF Tip cutter - pointed relieved head Model Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 622NB Flush Semi Flush SF Super Full Flush FF 676E Semi Flush SF Flush F Flush Flush F 110 mm/4.331 Inch 48 g/1.69 oz. This is the narrowest head shape. The underside is relieved and facilitates optimum access even to extremely hard-to-reach areas. Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 9 9 6 15 0.6 0.8 .354 .354 .236 .590 .023 .031 Model same as 622NB, but with short, robust head 9 9 6 15 .354 .354 .236 .590 9 9 6 15 0.6 0.8 .354 .354 .236 .590 .023 .031 For soft material such as small silicone tubes, miniature rubber seals or for cutting soft synthetic parts Super Full Flush FF 776E Semi Flush SF Super Full Flush FF full flush Flush Super F 632NCF Super Full Flush FF 264 9 9 6 15 .354 .354 .236 .590 Super full flush Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 600 Micro Tip cutter - straight short relieved head 110 mm/4.331 Inch 48 g/1.69 oz. Model Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D Suitable for cutting SMD and micro-package contacts. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 670E Flush Semi Flush SF 9 9 6 18 0.5 0.8 .354 .354 .236 .709 .019 .031 670EP Flush F 9 9 6 18 0.4 0.6 .354 .354 .236 .709 .015 .023 Super Full Flush FF Super Full Flush FF Semi Flush SF FlushHigh-precision working on SMD and micro-package contacts up to 0.25 mm/.010 Inch 670EPF* Flush F Super Full Flush FF 9 9 6 18 .354 .354 .236 .709 Model same as 670EP, but smaller version only for micro pitches under 0.5 mm/.019 Inch (see also P. 40) Flush *Not available in North America 265 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 2400 MagicSense Medium-size cutter Combines robustness, visibility and accessibility. Large variety of head shapes for precision working in hard-to-reach areas. The optimised ergonomic shape of the Series 2400 MagicSense prevents hand fatigue 266 Improved induction-hardened cutting edges up to 64 - 65 HRc for an extremely long service life Cutting edges made from special tool steel Non-reflecting surface, ESD-safe nd resharpenable Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 2400 MagicSense D A B C D Tip cutter Straight long relieved head = length of cutting edges = head width = head thickness = head length Tip cutter Angled narrow head Tip cutter Angled wide head Side cutter Tapered head Visibility and accessibility Side cutter Oval head Robustness, high cutting capacity Side cutter - oval head 130 mm/5.118 Inch 70 g/2.47 oz. Model 2412E Cut Semi Flush SF 2412E Semi Flush SF Semi-flush Flush F Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D This is the most widely used head shape. Fits for all cutting applications where easy access is given It is robust and size for size offers the highest cutting capacity. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Hard wire Medium hardness Copper wire 12 11 6 19 0.5 1.01.6 .472 .433 .236 .748 .019 .039.062 - 2422E Semi Flush SF Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush Flush F 12 11 6 19 .472 .433 .236 .748 2432E Super Full Flush FF Super full flush. 12 11 6 19 472 .433 .236 .748 1.01.6 .039.062 Super Full Flush FF - 0.81.6 .039.062 Wire quality, see P. 38 Optional: Safety device for wire scraps. Order suffix W", e.g. 2412W. 267 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 2400 MagicSense Side cutter - tapered head 127 mm/5.999 Inch 70 g/2.47 oz. Model Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 2477E Super Full Flush FF Flush Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D The jaws of the cutter have straight edges and taper to a point. This head shape allows access to difficult to reach areas but reduces the cutting capacity in comparison to the same size oval head cutter. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 12 11 6 19 1.0 1.3 .472 .472 .433 .236 .039 .051 Tip cutter - angled wide head 127 mm/5.118 Inch 70 g/2.47 oz. 30 Model Semi Flush SF Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D Flush F 2403E 9 11 6 19 Flush .354 .433 .236 .748 SF SuperSemi Full Flush FF Flush F 2404E Flush The angled head provides for precise cuts at different working angles. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 1.0 1.6 .039 .062 Wide, robust head, fine cut 9 11 6 20 0.8 1.3 .354 .433 .236 .787 .031 .051 Super Full Flush FF Model same as 2403E, but with pointed rounded head 268 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 2400 MagicSense Tip cutter - angled narrow head 135 mm/5.315 Inch 72 g/2.54 oz. 45 Model Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 2482E Super Full Flush FF Flush Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D 6 11 6 26 0.6 1.2 .433 .236 1.024 .023 .047 Semi Flush SF 2475E Flush F Super Full Flush FF Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire .236 The angled head provides for precise cuts at different working angles. Suitable for working on printed-circuit boards, component connections, can be used in both 90 and 180 applications 4 11 6 22 0.4 0.6 .157 .433 .236 .866 .015 .023 FlushSuitable for fine cutting work on hybrid circuits of miniature components Tip cutter - straight long relieved head 140 mm/5.512 Inch 72 g/2.54 oz. Model Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 2470E Flush Super Full Flush FF Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D This head is suitable for horizontal and vertical cuts. The long tips facilitate cutting in hard-to-reach areas. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 4 11 6 29 0.4 0.6 .157 .433 .236 1.142 .015 .023 Safety device for wire scraps only possible on 2412EW, 2422EW, 2432EW, 2477EW, 2482EW models. 269 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 500 Medium Medium size, robust, precision cutters Wide range of head shapes Manufactured from high grade tool steel 270 Cutting edges hardened to Rockwell 63-65 HRc Non reflecting surface, ESD safe and resharpenable Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 500 Medium D A B C D Tip cutter Straight long relieved head = length of cutting edges = head width = head thickness = head length Tip cutter Pointed relieved head Tip cutter Angled narrow head Tip cutter Angled wide head Visibility and accessibility Side cutter Tapered head Side cutter Oval head Robustness, high cutting capacity Side cutter - oval head 115 mm/4.527 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. Model Cut Semi Flush SF 512N Semi-flush Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D This is the most widely used head shape. Fits for all cutting applications where easy access is given It is robust and size for size offers the highest cutting capacity. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Hard wire Medium hardness Copper wire 12 11 6.5 19 0.5 1.0 1.6 .472 .433 .256 .748 .019 .039 .062 Model same as 512N, but with burnished head Flush F 512E Semi Flush SF Super Full Flush FF 522N Flush F Super Full Flush FF Semi Flush SF Super Full Flush FF Flush F Super Full Flush FF 19 .748 12 11 6.5 19 .472 .433 .256 .748 - 10 11 6.5 17 .472 .433 .256 .669 Flush 532N Super Full Flush FF 6.5 .256 1.0 1.6 .039 .062 Flush Semi Flush SF 599E Flush F 11 .433 Semi Flush SFF Semi-flush Flush 12 .472 - 1.0 1.6 .039 .062 Short, robust head 12 11 6.5 19 .472 .433 .256 .748 - 0.8 1.6 .039 .062 Super full flush Wire quality, see P. 38 Optional: Safety device for wire scraps. Order suffix W", e.g. 512NW. 271 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 500 Medium Side cutter - tapered head 115 mm/4.527 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. Model Semi Flush SF Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D Flush F The jaws of the cutter have straight edges and taper to a point. This head shape allows access to difficult to reach areas but reduces the cutting capacity in comparison to the same size oval head cutter. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 595E 12 11 6.5 19 Flush .472 .433 .256 .748 Super Full Flush FF Semi Flush SF 1.0 1.3 .039 .051 577E 10 11 6.5 17 Flush F .472 .433 .256 .669 Flush 1.0 1.3 .039 .051 Super Full Flush FF Tapered head Tapered, short head Tip cutter - angled wide head 110 mm/4.331 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. 30 Model Semi Flush SF Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D Flush F The angled head provides for precise cuts at different working angles. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 503E 9 11 6.5 19 Flush .354 .433 .256 .748 Super Full Flush FF Semi Flush SF 1.0 1.6 .039 .062 504AE 9 11 6.5 19 Flush F .354 .433 .256 .748 Flush 0.8 1.3 .031 .051 Super Full Flush FF 272 Wide, robust head Model same as 503E, but with pointed rounded head Tip cutter - angled narrow head 120 mm/4.724 Inch 68 g/2.40 oz. 35 Model Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 555E Flush Super Full Flush FF Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 572E Flush Super Full Flush FF 11 6.5 24 0.6 1.3 .236 .433 .256 .945 .023 .051 Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 582E Flush Super Full Flush FF Semi Flush SF Flush F Cut 582EW Flush Super Full Flush FF Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 6 11 6.5 21 0.6 1.3 .433 .256 .827 .023 .051 Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D Suitable for working on printed-circuit boards, component connections, can be used in both 90 and 180 applications. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 6 11 6.5 26 0.6 1.3 .236 .433 .256 1.024 .023 .051 115 mm/4.527 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. 45 Model Relieved cutting edge for easy access. .236 115 mm/4.527 Inch 68 g/2.40 oz. 40 Model Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 6 115 mm/4.527 Inch 68 g/2.40 oz. 40 Model The angled head provides for precise cuts at different working angles. Narrow, robust head, suitable for working with high cutting force in confined areas. Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D Model same as 582E, but with safety device for wire scraps. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 6 11 6.5 26 0.6 1.3 .236 .433 .256 1.024 .023 .051 273 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 500 Medium Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 500 Medium Tip cutter - angled narrow head 115 mm/4.527 Inch 68 g/2.40 oz. 30 Model Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 593AE Flush Super Full Flush FF Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 575E Flush Super Full Flush FF Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 4 11 6.5 26 0.4 1.0 .157 .433 .256 1.024 .015 .039 110 mm/4.331 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. 45 Model Ideal rework tool, suitable for cutting DIL contacts at front and rear and densely printed circuit boards. Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D Suitable for fine cutting work on hybrid circuits or miniature components. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 4 11 6.5 22 0.2 0.6 .157 .433 .256 .866 .007 .023 Tip cutter - pointed relieved head Model Semi Flush SF Cut Semi Flush SF Flush F 592E Flush Flush F Super Full Flush FF 792E Super Full Flush FF Super full flush 274 115 mm/4.527 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. This is the narrowest head shape. The underside is relieved and facilitates optimum access even to extremely hard-to-reach areas. Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 12 11 6.5 19 0.4 0.8 .472 .433 .256 .748 .015 .031 12 11 6.5 19 0.4 0.6 .472 .433 .256 .748 .015 .023 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 500 Medium Tip cutter - straight long relieved head 120 mm/4.724 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. Model Semi Flush SF Cut Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D Flush F 570E 4 11 6.5 29 Flush .157 .433 .256 1.142 Super Full Flush FF This head is suitable for horizontal and vertical cuts. The long tips facilitate cutting in hard-to-reach areas. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 0.6 1.2 .023 .047 For cutting at extreme tips Tip cutter - straight head for vertical use 120 mm/4.724 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. Model Semi Flush SF Flush F Cut 573E Flush Super Full Flush FF Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 4 11 6.5 29 0.4 0.6 .157 .433 .256 1.142 .015 .023 275 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 800 Maxi Maxi-sized cutter for general cutting applications in electronics Made from high grade tool steel, cutting edges hardened to Rockwell 63-65 HRc Cuts large wire diameters Non-reflecting surface, ESD-safe and resharpenable 276 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 800 Maxi D A B C D = length of cutting edges = head width = head thickness = head length Tip cutter Pointed relieved head Side cutter Tapered head Side cutter Oval head Visibility and accessibility Robustness, high cutting capacity Side cutter - oval head 120 mm/4.724 Inch 67 g /2.36 oz. Model Cut Semi Flush SF 812N Semi-flush This is the most widely used head shape. Fits for all cutting applications where easy access is given It is robust and size for size offers the highest cutting capacity. Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Hard wire Medium hardness Copper wire 15 .590 0.6 .023 13.5 .531 7.5 .295 21 .827 1.2 .047 1.8 .070 Flush F 896E 15 13,5 7,5 21 Semi Flush SF Super Full Flush FF .590 .531 .295 .827 Semi Flush SF Semi-flush Flush F 822N Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush o 0,6 o 1,2 o 1,8 .023 .047 .070 Suitable for cutting hard wires, Kovar, connector pins 15 13.5 7.5 21 .590 .531 .295 .827 - 1.2 1.8 .047 .070 Super Full Flush FF Wire quality, see P. 38 277 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 800 Maxi Side cutter - tapered head 120 mm/4.724 Inch 83 g/2.93 oz. Model Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 886E Super Full Flush FF Flush Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D The jaws of the cutter have straight edges and taper to a point. This head shape allows access to difficult to reach areas but reduces the cutting capacity in comparison to the same size oval head cutter. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 15 13.5 7.5 21 1.0 1.8 .590 .531 .295 .827 .039 .070 Tip cutter - pointed relieved head Model Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 884E 278 Super Full Flush FF Flush 120 mm/4.724 Inch 81 g/2.86 oz. This is the narrowest head shape. The underside is relieved and facilitates optimum access even to extremely hard-to-reach areas. Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Medium hardness Copper wire 15 13.5 7.5 21 0.8 1.6 .590 .531 .295 .827 .031 .062 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Series 800 Maxi 279 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Tungsten-carbide cutters Medium sized precision cutters Wear resistant tungsten carbide edged cutting blades Manufactured from high grade tool steel 280 Suitable for cutting hard and tough wires e.g. piano wire, nickel and diode leads Non reflecting surface, ESD safe and resharpenable Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Tungsten-carbide cutters D A B C D Tip cutter Pointed relieved head = length of cutting edges = head width = head thickness = head length Tip cutter Angled wide head Side cutter Tapered head Visibility and accessibility Side cutter Oval head Robustness, high cutting capacity Side cutter - oval head 115 mm/4.527 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. Model Semi Flush SF Cut This is the most widely used head shape. Fits for all cutting applications where easy access is given It is robust and size for size offers the highest cutting capacity. Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter A B C D Piano wire Hard wire Medium hardness Copper wire Flush F 622TX 8 9 6 15 Flush .315 .354 .236 .590 Super Full Flush FF 0.2 0.4 0.6 1.2 .007 .015 .023 .047 Miniature cutter 599T Semi Flush SF Semi Flush SFF Semi-flush Flush 12 11 6.5 19 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.5 .472 .433 .256 .748 .023 .031 .039 .059 599TF FlushFFF Super Full Flush Flush 12 11 6.5 19 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.5 .472 .433 .256 .748 .023 .031 .039 .059 Super Full Flush FF Wire quality, see P. 38 281 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Tungsten-carbide cutters Side cutter - tapered head 115 mm/4.527 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. Model Cut Semi Flush SF 595T Semi Flush SF Semi-flush The jaws of the cutter have straight edges and taper to a point. This head shape allows access to difficult to reach areas but reduces the cutting capacity in comparison to the same size oval head cutter. Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter A B C D Piano wire Hard wire Medium hardness Copper wire 12 11 6.5 19 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.5 .472 .433 .256 .748 .015 .023 .031 .059 12 11 6.5 19 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.5 .472 .433 .256 .748 .015 .023 .031 .059 2476TX1 11 11 6 19 Flush F .433 .433 .236 .748 Semi Flush SF Flush 0.3 0.4 0.5 1.0 .011 .015 .019 .039 Flush F 595TF Flush F Super Full Flush FF Semi Flush SF Flush Super Full Flush FF Super Full Flush FF 576TX1 Flush F Flush Super Full Flush FF 282 Series 2400 MagicSense model (Length: 130 mm / 5.118 Inch) 11 11 6.5 19 0.3 0.4 0.5 1.0 .433 .433 .256 .748 .011 .015 .019 .039 Tip cutter - pointed relieved head 115 mm/4.527 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. Model Cut Semi Flush SF Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter A B C D Piano wire Hard wire Medium hardness Copper wire 2476TX 11 11 6 19 0.1 Flush F .433 .433 .236 .748 .003 Semi Flush SF Flush Super Full Flush FF 576TX Flush F Flush This is the narrowest head shape. The underside is relieved and facilitates optimum access even to extremely hard-to-reach areas. 0.2 0.3 1.0 .007 .011 .039 Series 2400 MagicSense model 11 11 6.5 19 0.1 0.2 0.3 1.0 .433 .433 .256 .748 .003 .007 .011 .039 Super Full Flush FF Tip cutter - angled wide head 110 mm/4.331 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. 30 Model Cut The angled head provides for precise cuts at different working angles. Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter A B C D Piano wire Hard wire Medium hardness Copper wire 503ET Semi Flush SF Semi Flush Semi-flush FlushSFF 9 11 6.5 19 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.2 .354 .433 .256 .748 .015 .023 .031 .047 503ETF Flush Super Full Flush FFF Flush 9 11 6.5 20 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.2 .354 .433 .256 .787 .015 .023 .031 .047 Super Full Flush FF 283 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Tungsten-carbide cutters Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Special applications D A B C D = length of cutting edges = head width = head thickness = head length Special applications - Special tool steel, ESD-safe 120 mm/4.724 Inch 100 g/3.53 oz. Model Cut Semi Flush SF 147A Semi-flush Flush F Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C Side cutter with compound action. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Copper wire 12 10.5 7.5 1.8 .472 .413 .295 .070 Super Full Flush FF 147AT 12 10.5 7.5 1.8 Semi Flush SF .472 .413 .295 .070 Semi-flush Flush F For cutting hard wires with minimal effort Model same as 147A, but with cutting edges made from tungsten carbide, model on request Super Full Flush FF 115 mm/4.527 Inch 79 g/2.79 oz. Model Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 1884EPCM Flush Super Full Flush FF *Not available in North America 284 Side cutter, suitable for cutting printed-circuit boards. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Max. D Max. B 1.5 2.0 .059 .078 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Special applications 110 mm/4.331 Inch 48 g/1.69 oz. Side cutter, suitable for precision cuts on soft materials, e.g. small silicone tubes in medical applications, precision connector seals, miniature rubber seals, soft synthetic parts. Semi Flush SF Model Flush F Cut Super Full Flush FF 632NCF Super full flush Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C 9 9 6 .354 .354 .236 115 mm/4.527 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. Model 599FO Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D 12 11 6.5 19 .472 .433 .256 .748 115 mm/4.527 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. Model Cut Semi Flush SF Side cutter, suitable for cutting Kevlar(R) silks. Side cutter with cutting edges made from tungsten carbide. Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C D 599TFO 12 10.5 6.5 19 Semi-flush .472 .413 .256 .748 Flush F Model same as 599FO, but with cutting edges made from tungsten carbide. Suitable for cutting Kevlar(R) silks, VectranTM-sheathed wires, optical fibres and small stainless wires Super Full Flush FF 285 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Pneumatic side cutters and tip cutters Pneumatic cutter Handy, light and precise E xtremely versatile thanks to a selection of different cutting heads Easily interchangeable cutting heads Suitable for cutting conventional components, soft metals or small plastic parts Pneumatic side cutters and tip cutters 130 mm/5.118 Inch 130 g/4.59 oz. Pneumatic-cutter housing Model Dimensions in mm/Inch Diameter D 1500 BSF 28 Cutting heads for 1500BSF Requires 4 - 6 bar oil-free clean compressed air A B C C B A = length of cutting edges B = head width C = head thickness Side cutter - oval head 35 g/1.16 oz. Model Cut Semi Flush SF 1512N Semi Flush SF Semi-flush Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C This is the standard head shape. It is used for all cutting jobs in easy-to-reach areas. The oval head provides for a high cutting capacity and is characterised by its robustness. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Copper wire 10 10.5 6.5 1.6 .394 .413 .256 .062 Flush F 1522N Flush F Super Full Flush FF Flush Super Full Flush FF Wire quality, see P. 38 286 10 10.5 6.5 1.6 .394 .413 .256 .062 Side cutter - tapered head 35 g/1.16 oz. Model Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 1522NA Flush Super Full Flush FF Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C The edges of the cutter head are straight and taper to a point, allowing access to hard to reach areas. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Copper wire 9 10.5 6.5 1.4 .354 .413 .256 .055 Side cutter - pointed relieved head 32 g/1.12 oz. This is the narrowest head shape. The underside is relieved and facilitates optimum access even to extremely hard-to-reach areas. Model Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 1522NB Flush Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Copper wire 9 10.5 6.5 1.2 .354 .413 .256 .047 Super Full Flush FF Tip cutter - angled head 38 g/1.34 oz. 30 Model Semi Flush SF Flush F Cut 1503E Flush Super Full Flush FF Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C The angled head provides for precise cuts at different working angles. Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter Copper wire 12 10.5 6.5 1.2 .472 .413 .256 .047 287 Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Pneumatic side cutters and tip cutters Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Distance cutters Erem distance cutters are available with fixed and variable cutting lengths The tips are polished so as to prevent board damage For cutting wires to the right length and for fixing components D B C The protective stop screw D improves the performance of Erem distance cutters: -Clearance B larger than the wire diameter = cut wire is ejected. -Clearance B smaller than the wire diameter = cut wire is held. Adjust protective stop screw D so that cutting edge C does not hit the opposite side. This increases the lifetime of the cutting edge. A = jaw length E = width of tips F = cutting length Fixed cutting length (F) 120 mm/4.724 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. Model Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 530E06** Semi Flush SF Flush Super Full Flush FF Flush F 530E08 Semi Flush SF Flush Special tool steel ESD-safe Fixed cutting length (= F) Reduces mechanical shock on components Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter A E F Copper wire 20 3 0.6 1.2 .787 .118 .023 .047 20 3 0.8 1.2 .787 .118 .031 .047 Cuts copper wire to a length of 0.6 mm/.023 Inch Cuts copper wire to a length of 0.8 mm/.031 Inch Super Full Flush FF Flush F 530E10 Semi Flush SF Flush 20 3 1.0 1.2 .787 .118 .039 .047 20 3 1.2 1.2 .787 .118 .047 .047 Cuts copper wire to a length of 1.0 mm/.039 Inch Super Full Flush FF Flush F 530E12* Semi Flush SF Flush Cuts copper wire to a length of 1.2 mm/.047 Inch Super Full Flush FF Flush F 530E13* Semi Flush SF Flush 20 3 1.3 1.2 .787 .118 .051 .047 20 3 1.5 1.2 .787 .118 .059 .047 Cuts copper wire to a length of 1.3 mm/.051 Inc Super Full Flush FF Flush F 530E15 Flush Cuts copper wire to a length of 1.5 mm/.059 Inch Super Full Flush FF Wire quality, see P. 38 288 *Not available in North America **Order as 539E060 in North America Side Cutters and Tip Cutters Distance cutters Model Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 530E18* Semi Flush SF Flush Super Full Flush FF Flush F 530E20* Flush Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter A E F Copper wire 20 3 1.8 1.2 .787 .118 .070 .047 20 3 2.0 1.2 .787 .118 .078 .047 Cuts copper wire to a length of 1.8 mm/.070 Inc Cuts copper wire to a length of 2.0 mm/.078 Inch Super Full Flush FF 120 mm/4.724 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. 45 Model Cut Semi Flush SF Flush F 549E Semi Flush SF Flush Super Full Flush FF Flush F 549E10* Semi Flush SF Flush Special tool steel ESD-safe Fixed length distance cutter Tapered 45 Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter A E F Copper wire 20 3 1.5 1.2 .787 .118 .059 .047 20 3 1.0 1.2 .787 .118 .039 .047 Cuts wire to a length of 1.5 mm/.059 Inch Cuts wire to a length of 1.0 mm/.039 Inch Super Full Flush FF Flush F 549E12* Flush 20 3 1.2 1.2 .787 .118 .047 .047 Cuts wire to a length of 1.2 mm/.047 Inch Super Full Flush FF Variable cutting length (V) 120 mm/4.724 Inch 70 g/2.47 oz. Model Cut Semi Flush SF Flush F 530E15A* Flush Super Full Flush FF Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter A E V Copper wire 20 4.5 1.2 - 6 1.2 .787 .177 .047 - .236 .047 115 mm/4.527 Inch 70 g/2.47 oz. Model Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 573EB Flush Super Full Flush FF Special tool steel ESD-safe Variable cutting length (= V) With protective stop screw Variable cutting length from 1.2 mm to 6 mm/ 047 to .236 Inch Special tool steel ESD-safe Variable cutting length (= V) With protective stop screw Interchangeable plastic stop protects the printed-circuit board against damage Dimensions in mm/Inch Max. cutting capability in mm/Inch Diameter A E V Copper wire 20 4.5 0-5 0.8 .787 .177 0 - .197 .031 Variable cutting length from 0 mm to 5 mm/ 0 to .197 Inch *Not available in North America 289 Pliers Good grip due to precise produced tips even at the thinnest part The choice of materials used for production of the pliers and a special hardening process is very important. 290 291 Pliers Pliers Erem pliers, stripping pliers, forming pliers Gripping and bending pliers with standard and ergonomic handles MagicSense - moulded handle for increase comfort Wide variety of head shapes Special tool steel, non-reflecting surface, ESD-safe Internal patented Erem Magic Spring lange Lebensdauer Constant spring force Guarantees more than 1 million operations High precision screw joint Smooth jaw action with no play Smooth cutting operation with no jaw overlapping Precision ground jaws 292 Pliers Ergonomically shaped handles for high comfort, better grip and added safety EMOS maximum opening stop limits the cutting-edge tips from o pening more than 5 mm/.197 Inch. The limited extent to which the handles can open prevent user hand fatigue. ESD-safe The interchangeable foam-cushion handles are ESD-safe and are fitted as standard on all Erem cutters and pliers. 10 EMI/RF Sources: DOD/CECC conductive 100 static dissipating 10 5 antistatic 1012 insulating 1020 W/cm2 Erem cutters and pliers 293 Pliers Erem Pliers Pliers for miniature and standard electronics Special tool steel, non-reflecting surface, ESD-safe High grade tool steel A = jaw length B = head width C = head thickness E = width of tips G = total height of both tips Round nose pliers 120 mm/4.724 Inch 62 g/2.18 oz. Round nose pliers with very precise, smooth jaws. Suitable for forming, bending, laying and feeding in wires. Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C Eo 543E* 23 9 6.5 0.8 1.6 .905 .354 .256 .031 .062 G *Order as 543 in North America Needle nose pliers 120 mm/4.724 Inch 62 g/2.18 oz. Needle nose pliers with very precise, smooth and rounded jaws. Suitable for forming, bending, laying and feeding in wires. Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C E 547 23 9 6.5 0.9 1.2 .905 .354 .256 .035 .047 294 G Pliers Erem pliers Flat nose pliers 120 mm/4.724 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. Flat nose pliers with smooth jaws and precision-machined edges. Suitable for gripping flat workpieces. Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C E 542E* 23 9 6.5 2.4 1.4 .905 .354 .256 .094 .055 G *Order as 542 in North America 125 mm/4.921 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. Flat nose pliers with replaceable nylon jaws. Nylon jaws prevent nicking and scratching. Suitable for forming precious metals and component connections. Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C E 531E* 23 9 6.5 5 3 .905 .354 .256 .197 .118 G *Order as 531 in North America Chain nose pliers 120 mm/4.724 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. Chain nose pliers with narrow half-round jaws. For securely handling components. Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C E 544E* 23 9 6.5 1 1.4 .905 .354 .256 .039 .055 G *Order as 544 in North America 120 mm/4.724 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C E 544D 23 9 6.5 1 1.4 .905 .354 .256 .039 .055 G Inside-serrated jaws for secure handling 295 Pliers Series 2400 MagicSense pliers Pliers for miniature and standard electronics Optimized ergonomically shaped handles for increased comfort Special tool steel, non-reflecting surface, ESD-safe A = jaw length B = head width C = head thickness E = width of tips G = total height of both tips Needle nose pliers 146 mm/5.748 Inch 72 g/2.54 oz. Needle nose pliers with very precise, smooth and rounded jaws. Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C E 2411P 33.5 11 6 1 1.2 1.319 .433 .236 .039 .047 2411PD 35.5 11 6 1 1.2 1.319 .433 .236 .039 .047 296 G Model same as 2411P, but with insideserrated jaws for secure handling Pliers Series 2400 MagicSense pliers Flat nose pliers 146 mm/5.748 Inch 72 g/2.54 oz. Flat nose pliers with smooth jaws and precision-machined edges. Suitable for gripping flat workpieces. Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C E 2442P 33.5 11 6 3.4 1.2 1.319 .433 .236 .139 .047 G Round nose pliers 146 mm/5.748 Inch 72 g/2.54 oz. Round nose pliers with very precise, smooth jaws. Suitable for bending wires. Model Shape Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C Eo 2443P 33.5 11 6 0.8 1.6 1.319 .433 .236 .031 .062 G 297 Stripping pliers High precision stripping pliers Robust, high-precision tools for use in electronics and aeronautical engineering The required diameter is set by means of screws Screwdriver and key are included Interchangeable blades ESD-safe Special designs also available on request Front stripping 120 mm/4.724 Inch 75 g/2.65 oz. Suitable for all types of insulation and optical fibres. Integral side cutting blade. A = jaw length E = width of tips G = total height of both tips H = length of cutting blade Model Dimensions in mm/Inch A E G H 510AE 21 5 4 7 0.25 mm - 1.02 mm (AWG 30 - 18) .827 .197 .157 .276 .010 Inch - .040 Inch 298 Wire diameter Stripping pliers High precision stripping pliers Front stripping 120 mm /4.724 Inch 80 g/2.82 oz Unique precision for damage-free stripping of fine wires. Suitable for all types of insulation, Teflon(R), Tefzel and optical fibres. A = jaw length E = width of tips F = depth of interchangeable blade G = total height of both tips H = length of cutting blade Model Dimensions in mm/Inch A E F G 552E 23 6.5 1 11 9 0.06 mm - 0.6 mm (AWG 42 - 24) .905 .256 .039 .433 .354 .002 Inch - .023 Inch H Wire diameter Side stripping 120 mm /4.724 Inch 80 g/2.82 oz Unique precision for damage-free stripping of fine wires. Suitable for all types of insulation, Teflon(R), Tefzel and optical fibres. A = jaw length E = width of tips F = depth of interchangeable blade G = total height of both tips H = length of cutting blade Model Dimensions in mm/Inch A E F G 552S 21 6.5 6.7 11 9 0.06 mm - 0.6 mm (AWG 42 - 24) .827 .256 .264 .433 .354 .002 Inch - .023 Inch H Wire diameter 299 Forming pliers Forming pliers for passive components Safe bending, forming and preparation of component connections High grade tool steel Non-reflecting surface ESD-safe 120 mm/4.724 Inch 70 g/2.47 oz. Suitable for component connections, U-shape. A D E F Model 554E* = jaw length = height of tips = width of tips = length of forming tool Dimensions in mm/Inch A D E F Max. connection diameter Diodes Capacitors Resistors 13 10 10 10 0.65 mm 0.7 mm 1/2 W .512 .394 .394 .394 .025 Inch .027 Inch *Order as 554 in North America 120 mm/4.724 Inch 70 g/2.47 oz. Suitable for component connections, U-shape, axial forming. Narrow head shape. A D E F Model 554A 300 = jaw length = height of tips = width of tips = length of forming tool Dimensions in mm/Inch A D E F Max. connection diameter Diodes Capacitors 23 5.6 2.5 4.5 0.65 mm 0.7 mm1/2 W .905 .220 .098 .177 .025 Inch .027 Inch Resistors Forming pliers Forming pliers for passive components 120 mm/4.724 Inch 70 g/2.47 oz. Suitable for secure assembly. Forms the two opposing Us in one operation. A D E F Model 554TX Dimensions in mm/Inch A D E F Max. connection diameter Diodes Capacitors 20 6.5 6.5 4 0.65 mm 0.7 mm1/2 W .787 .256 .256 .157 .025 Inch .027 Inch 120 mm/4.724 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. 50788 Max. connection diameter Diodes Capacitors 23 4 3 0.65 mm 0.7 mm1/2 W .905 .157 .118 .025 Inch .027 Inch Resistors For cutting and bending different types of components with two outputs. A D E F 50789Z = jaw length = height of tips = width of tips = length of forming tool Dimensions in mm/Inch A D E F 120 mm/4.724 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. Model Resistors For cutting and bending components into two operations to a predefined length. A D E F Model = jaw length = height of tips = width of tips = length of forming tool = jaw length = height of tips = width of tips = length of forming tool Dimensions in mm/Inch A D E F Max. connection diameter Diodes Capacitors Resistors 23 3.3 3.5 0.65 mm 0.7 mm 1/2 W .905 .130 .138 .025 Inch .027 Inch 301 Forming pliers High precision forming tools for active components Safe bending, forming and preparation of component connections, specially for integrated components and power transistors High grade tool steel Non-reflecting surface ESD-safe 120 mm/4.724 Inch 85 g/3.00 oz. Model 500103A* Dimensions in mm/Inch K max. M 15 3 - 12 .590 .118 - .472 120 mm/4.724 Inch 85 g/3.00 oz. Model 500210E *Not available in North America 302 Suitable for bending flat components, contacts, power transistors, Triac connections to a right angle. Dimensions in mm/Inch K max. M 11 3.8 - 15 .433 .149 - .590 Suitable for cutting and bending Series TO components, diodes and mechanical parts to a right angle. Easily adjustable with interchangeable cutting edges. Forming pliers High precision forming tools for active components 120 mm/4.724 Inch 85 g/3.00 oz. Model 500104A 3 connections, suitable for bending components of Series TO 126, 218, 220 and power transistors through 90 in two rows. Adjusted by means of a screw. Dimensions in mm/Inch K max. M I 13 3.5 - 15 2.54 .512 .138 - .590 .100 High precision forming pliers for Flat Packs, Quads 120 mm /4.724 Inch 100 g/3.53 oz. Suitable for bending flat components, contacts, power transistors, Triac connections to a right angle. Model Dimensions in mm/Inch A K max. 80013C 17 13 2.8 .669 .512 .110 M High precision forming pliers for DIL pins 120 mm/4.724 Inch 98 g/3.46 oz. Suitable for cutting and bending DIL pins through 90 in one operation. Up to max. 20 DIL pins. Model Dimensions in mm/Inch E F 809IC 25 0.9 .984 .035 or 303 Special tools IC and SMD tools, Fibre optic tools, Vacuum micromanipulator IC and SMD tools with precise fine adjustment for inserting, extracting, straightening and cutting IC and SMD components High-precision tools for optical fibres for professional stripping, suitable for cutting Kevlar(R) silks, VectranTM-sheathed wires, etc. Vacuum system for precise handling of tiny SMD components and silicon wafers, suitable for assembly and laboratory work 304 305 Special tools IC and SMD tools IC and SMD tools IC and SMD tools for inserting, extracting, straightening and cutting IC and SMD components Non-reflecting surface ESD-safer Inserting and extracting 120 mm/4.724 Inch One screwdriver included for fine adjustments. Model Model Dimensions in mm/Inch E 505C 505C 505C 505BGC 505BG 20 505BGC 505BG Pins: .787 36 1.417 36 1.417 Width: Straightening 130 mm/5.118 Inch 120 g/4.24 oz. Practical straightening tool, suitable for straightening contacts, DIL/IC connections. Up to 16 connections possible. Model Dimensions in mm/Inch A E G 808G 23 42 1 .905 1.653 .039 306 Cutting 110 mm/4.331 Inch 48 g/1.69 oz. Model Semi Flush SF Cut High-precision tip cutter. For connections of SMD micro-packages up to 0.25 mm/ .010 Inch, also for pitches smaller than 1/20". For pitches below 0.5 mm/.019 Inch, you will need the 670EPF model. Please send component when ordering. Dimensions in mm/Inch A D E Flush F 670EP Flush 10 3 2 .394 .118 .079 Super Full Flush FF 115 mm/4.527 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. Model Semi Flush SF Cut Flush F 593AE Flush High-precision tip cutter, bent. Practical rework tool. For cutting DIL contacts directly on the component. Ideal for densely printed boards. Dimensions in mm/Inch A D 20 4 .787 .157 Super Full Flush FF Kit for SMD work Model For SMD assembly and repair applications. 6-piece tool kit with monitored discharging ESD handles. Special tool steel, non-reflecting surface, resharpenable (cutter). High-quality precision tweezers, non-magnetic. In an ESD-safe plastic case. Description 3900KC Kit for SMD work contents: 51SA Precision tweezers with very pointed tips, bent 30, relieved; length 115 mm/4.527 Inch 102ACA SMD tweezers with angled tips and blunted edges, suitable for vertical working with small components; length 115 mm/4.527 Inch 103ACA SMD tweezers with angled tips and blunted edges for vertical working with small components; length 115 mm/4.527 Inch 150SAMBSMD tweezers with bent tips 40, serrated finger grips for gripping small cylindrical parts, dia. 1.2 - 2.5 mm/.047 - .108 Inch; length 120 mm/4.724 Inch 150SAMFSMD tweezers with straight tips and serrated finger grips for gripping small cylindrical parts, dia. 1.2 - 2.5 mm/.047 - .108 Inch; length 120 mm/4.724 Inch 670EP High-precision tip cutter for connections of SMD micro-packages up to 0.25 mm/.010 Inch 307 Special tools IC and SMD tools Fibre optic tools High precision tools for optical fibres Suitable for simple and precise stripping of optical fibres High grade tool steel Non-reflecting surface ESD-safe Side stripping 120 mm /4.724 Inch 80 g/2.82 oz. Suitable for all types of insulation, Teflon(R), Tefzel and optical fibres. Unlimited stripping length thanks to side stripping. Diameter is set by means of two screws. Replaceable cutting blade. A = jaw length E = width of tips F = depth of interchangeable blades G = total height of both tips H = length of cutting blade Model Dimensions in mm/Inch A E F G 552S 21 6.5 6.7 11 9 0.06 mm - 0.60 mm (AWG 42 - 24) .827 .256 .264 .433 .354 .002 Inch - .023 Inch H Wire diameter Holding / gripping 120 mm/4.724 Inch 20 g/0.71 oz. Model Stainless-steel tweezers with synthetic tips (PPS). Non-reflecting surface. Non-magnetic. Description 249SAPrecision tweezers with pointed synthetic tips (PPS) to protect optical fibres and serrated finger grips for secure handling. Volume resistance 16 /cm. Heat-resistant up to 250C (480F). Resistant to acids and molten soldering tin. Water-repellent. 308 Special tools High precision tools for optical fibres Cutting 115 mm/4.527 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. A B C B Side cutter, suitable for cutting Kevlar(R) silks, VectranTM-sheathed wires, optical fibres and small stainless wires. A = length of cutting edges B = head width C = head thickness Model Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C 599FO 15 10.5 6.5 .590 .413 .256 115 mm/4.527 Inch 67 g/2.36 oz. Model Cut Semi Flush SF 599TFO Semi-flush Flush F Side cutter, suitable for cutting Kevlar(R) silks, VectranTM-sheathed wires, optical fibres and small stainless wires. Dimensions in mm/Inch A B C 15 10.5 6.5 .590 .413 .256 Super Full Flush FF 309 Vacuum micromanipulator Vacuum micromanipulator Professional vacuum system for precise handling of tiny SMD components and silicon wafers Suitable for assembly and laboratory work Advantages of the vacuum micromanipulator: Easy picking up of components or silicone wafers Immediate set-down/release of parts Full 360 rotating system Direct axial switch for vacuum Ergonomic shape reduces hand and wrist fatigue ESD-safe 3200 2040Z / 2044Z / 2041Z 3000 ESD 2052E 3740 (optional) 3231 3303 / 3305Z / 3310Z / 3315 / 3330 3232 2040Z / 2044Z / 2041Z 2052E Handle 140 mm/5.512 Inch 35 g/1.23 oz. Model 3000ESD* *Not available in North America 310 Ergonomic handle with axial switch, serrated finger grip for secure handling. Dimensions in mm/Inch Dia. 10 mm .394 Inch Handle Special tools Inserts for 3000ESD housing Adapters Model Description 3200* 25 mm 15 g .984 Inch 0.53 oz. 3231* 5 mm 5g .197 Inch 0.17 oz. 3232* 15 mm total 3g .590 Inch 0.10 oz. Stainless-steel adapter, rotatable through 360, straight suction tip for direct working or as an adapter for suction tips or suction cups Adapter fix, for working with Series 3300 suction tips Adapter fix, for direct working or as an adapter for suction tips 20442/20412 or suction cup 2052E Suction tips, straight Polyethylene suction tip. For working with 3200 or 3232 adapter. Model Outside diameter Inside diameter 2044Z* 1.3 mm 0.9 mm .051 Inch .035 Inch 2041Z* 2.0 mm 1.4 mm .078 Inch .015 Inch *Not available in North America 311 Vacuum micromanipulator Inserts for 3000ESD housing Suction needles Stainless-steel suction needle. Bent 45. For working with 3200 or 3232 adapter. Model Outside diameter Inside diameter 3303* 0.30 mm 0.16 mm .011 Inch .006 Inch 3305Z* 0.50 mm 0.25 mm .020 Inch .019 Inch 3310Z* 1.0 mm 0.65 mm .039 Inch .025 Inch Suction cups Silicone suction cup. For working with 3200 or 3232 adapter. Model 2052E* *Not available in North America 312 Diameter 4.5 mm .177 Inch Special tools Inserts for 3000ESD housing Accessories Model Description 3714Z* Diaphragm pump 230 V, 5 l/min, max. vacuum -250 mbar 3008ESD* Tube, flexible, 1.8 m/70.866 Inch, ESD-safe 3717* Filter for tube 3008ESD 3740* Table holder for 3000ESD (without accessories) Vacuum kit Complete accessories for easy pick-up and immediate set-down of components or silicon wafers. Set for laboratory work. In an ESD-safe plastic case. Model Description 3000KCESD* Vacuum kit contents: 3000ESD Handle 3200 Adapter, rotatable through 360 3231 Adapter fix 3305Z, 3310Z, 3315 Suction needles 2052E Suction cup, dia. 4.5 mm / .177 Inch KDS 260L Suction cup, dia. 9.5 mm / .374 Inch 3740 Table holder 3714Z Diaphragm pump 230 V 3008ESD Tube, flexible 3717 Filter 102ACASMD tweezers, 115 mm / 4.527 Inch, with bent tips and blunted edges. For vertical working with small components. Stainless steel, non-reflecting surface, non-magnetic. *Not available in North America 313 Kits Swiss high precision tools in a kit Large selection of tool kits with high-quality precision tools Optimum combination of suitable precision tools for many a pplications, e.g. in microelectronics, medicine or biology Precision tools in an ESD-safe plastic case with padded foam inlay 314 315 Kits Kits Swiss high precision tools in a kit Erem Toolset Universal For use in electronics assembly, the watchmaking industry, medicine or dentistry. 11-piece tool kit with monitored discharging ESD handles. Special tool steel, non-reflecting surface, resharpenable (cutter). High-quality precision tweezers, non-magnetic, for assembly work in electronics and light engineering. Precision screwdriver with hardened, durable tips, for precision working in confined areas. In an ESD-safe plastic case. Model Description 3600KU* Erem Toolset Universal contents: XP600Precision-screwdriver set for electronics 4 regular screwdrivers: 1.5 x 60 mm/.059 x 2.362 Inch, 2.0 x 60 mm/.078 x 2.362 Inch, 2.5 x 60 mm/.098 x 2.362 Inch, 3.0 x 60 mm/.118 x 2.362 Inch, 2 Phillips screwdrivers No. 0 and No. 00 2412E 2442P 622NB Series 2400 MagicSense side cutter, semi-flush, oval head Robust head for universal use, hard wire 0.5 mm/.019 Inch, medium hardness 1.0 mm/.039 Inch, Cu 1.6 mm/.066 Inch Series 2400 MagicSense flat nose pliersWith smooth jaws, precision-machined edges, e.g. for gripping flat workpieces Tip cutter, flush, relieved, long, fine head Miniature cutter for excellent access, flush, medium hardness 0.6 mm/.023 Inch, Cu 0.8 mm/.031 Inch AASA Precision tweezers Pointed tips straight, special stainless steel, non-magnetic 2ASASL Precision tweezersWith flat rounded tips, tip widths 2 mm/.078 Inch, special stainless steel, non-magnetic *Not available in North America 316 Kits Swiss high precision tools in a kit Erem Toolset SMD For SMD assembly and repair applications. 6-piece tool kit with monitored discharging ESD handles. Special tool steel, non-reflecting surface, resharpenable (cutter). High-quality precision tweezers, non-magnetic, for SMD work. In an ESD-safe plastic case. Model Description 3900KC Erem Toolset SMD contents: 51SA Precision tweezers With very pointed tips, angled 30, relieved 102ACA SMD precision tweezers Tip width 0.5 mm/.019 Inch, angled 45 103ACA SMD precision tweezers Tip width 1 mm/.039 Inch, angled 45 150SAMB SMD precision tweezersWith round tips, dia. 1.2 mm - 2.5 mm/.047 Inch - .098 Inch, angled 40, serrated finger grips for gripping cylindrical components 150SAMF SMD precision tweezersWith round, very narrow tips, dia. 1.2 mm - 2.5 mm/ .047 Inch - .098 Inch, serrated finger grips 670EPMiniature tip cutter, flush, relieved head For SMD and micro-package contacts up to 0.25 mm/.010 Inch *Not available in North America 317 Kits Swiss high precision tools in a kit Erem 2400 MagicSense For use in electronics, PCB assembly, wire and connection handling. 3-piece tool kit. MagicSense moulded handle with soft touch for increased comfort and grip. Induction-hardened cutting edges in Rockwell hardness 64-65 HRc, high grade of hardness for exceptionally long life. High grade tool steel, non-reflecting surface, ESD-safe, resharpenable. In an ESD-safe plastic case. Modell Beschreibung 2400KMS* Erem 2400 MagicSense contents: 2412E Series 2400 MagicSense side cutter, Robust head for universal use, hard wire 0.5 mm/.019 Inch, semi-flush, oval head medium hardness 1.0 mm/.039 Inch, Cu 1.6 mm/.062 Inch 2482E Series 2400 MagicSense tip cutter, Angled 45, ideally suitable for working on printed-circuit flush, narrow headboards, component connections, can be used in both 90 and 180 applications 2411P Series 2400 MagicSense needle nose pliers Smooth, rounded jaws *Not available in North America 318 Kits Swiss high precision tweezers in a kit Erem Tweezers Prime Selection High-quality precision tweezers for use in microelectronics, light engineering, laboratory work, biology and medicine. 3-piece tweezer kit. Special stainless steel, non-magnetic, nonrusting, acid-proof. In an ESD-safe plastic case. Model Description 3300TPS* Erem Tweezers Prime Selection contents: 3SA Precision tweezers 2ASA Precision tweezersWith flat rounded tips for gripping smaller components, tip width 2 mm/.078 Inch 7SA Precision tweezers With pointed tips straight Curved, relieved, with pointed tips *Not available in North America 319 Kits Swiss high precision tweezers in a kit Erem SMD Tweezers - Universal High-quality precision tweezers for SMD work with assorted shapes of chip, SOT, MELFs, mini MELFs, flatpacks. 4-piece tweezer kit. Blunted edges prevent PCB damage. Special stainless steel, non-magnetic, non-rusting, acid-proof. In an ESD-safe plastic case. Model Description 3400TSMDU* Erem SMD Tweezers - Universal contents: 103ACA SMD precision tweezers 150SAMF SMD precision tweezersWith round tips, angled 40, serrated finger grips for secure handling, for gripping cylindrical components 102ACAX SMD precision tweezersWith angled pointed tips for vertical use, reverse clamping action for easy handling 7SA Precision tweezers *Not available in North America 320 Angled 45, tip width 0.5 mm/.019 Inch Curved, relieved, with pointed tips Kits Swiss high precision tweezers in a kit Erem Premium Tweezers High-quality precision tweezers for microelectronics, light engineering and SMD work. 5-piece tweezer kit. Blunted edges prevent PCB damage. Special stainless steel, non-magnetic, non-rusting, acid-proof. In an ESD-safe plastic case. Model Description 3500TP* Erem Premium Tweezers contents: 3SA Precision tweezers 2ASA Precision tweezersWith flat rounded tips for gripping small components, tip width 2 mm/.078 Inch 7SA Precision tweezers Curved, relieved, with pointed tips 102ACA SMD precision tweezers Tip width 0.5 mm/.019 Inch, angled 45 15AGW Cutting tweezersWith narrow oblique head, for soft wires, hardened cutting edges for increased service life With pointed tips straight *Not available in North America 321 Kits Swiss high precision tools in a kit Vacuum kit Complete accessories for easy pick-up and immediate set-down of components or silicon wafers. Set for laboratory work. In an ESD-safe plastic case. Model Description 3000KCESD* Vacuum kit contents: 3000ESD HandleSize: 400 x 320 x 150 mm/15.748 x 12.598 x 5.905 Inch, 2.2 kg, with axial switch, ergonomic, serrated finger grip 3200 Adapter, rotatable through 360Stainless-steel adapter, rotatable through 360, straight suction tip for direct working or as an adapter for section tips or suction cups 3231 Adapter fix For working with 3300 suction tips 3305Z, 3310Z, 3315Suction needles, 45, stainless steel For working 3231 adapter 2052E Suction cup, dia. 4.5 mm/.177 Inch, silicone For working with 3200 or 3232 adapter KDS 260L Suction cup, dia. 9.5 mm/.374 Inch 3740 Table holder 3714Z Diaphragm pump 230 V, 5 l/min, max. vacuum -250 mbar 3008ESD Tube, flexible, 1.8 m, ESD-safe 3717 Filter for tube 3008ESD 102ACA SMD tweezers115 mm/4.527 Inch, with curved tips and blunted edges, for vertical working with small components, stainless steel, non-reflecting surface, non-magnetic *Not available in North America 322 323 Kits Knives, Shearcutters, Screwdriver, Kits 324 325 Knives & Blades Knives Order No. Description Size Inch XN100 Knife, Light duty for soft material 5 13/16 148 XN200 Knife, Medium duty for hard material 5 3/4 146 XN210 Knife, Heavy duty plastic handle for coars jobs 5 7/16 137 XNS100 Light and medium duty knife set contains 10 assorted blades: XN100, XN200, XNB103 (2 pcs.), XNB105 (2 pcs.), XNB101, XNB203, XNB205 (2 pcs.), XNB201 Blades for XN100 Order No. Description XNB101 Blade, Standard XNB103 XNB103B Blade, Fine pointed Blade, Fine pointed XNB105 Blade, Stencil Pack quantity 5 5 100 5 Blades for XN200 and XN210 Order No. Description 326 mm Pack quantity XNB201 Blade, Chisel 5 XNB203 Blade, General purpose 5 XNB205 Blade, Pointed 5 Shearcutters & Pliers Shearcutter - general purpose Cutting copper wire to 0,8 mm diameter Order No. Description Size Inch mm 170M Shearcutter, red handles 5 127 175M Shearcutter with safety clips, red handles 5 127 Sheet metal Snip Order No. Description Size Inch 86NCG Snip, electronic 6 1/ 2 mm 165 Wire Stripper & Cutters Order No. Description Size Inch mm 100XV Wire Stripper & Cutter, adjustable 5 127 101SNV Wire Stripper & Cutter, spring-opening 5 127 327 Screwdriver & Nutdriver Sets Mini Screwdriver Set with Slotted/Phillips Screwdrivers Order No. Description M60 Mini Screwdriver Set with Slotted/Phillips Screwdrivers (7 pcs.) Offset Ratches Screwdriver Set Order No. Description XL75 Offset Ratches Screwdriver Set 328 Screwdriver Set for slotted Screws - Inch Size Order No. Description Length Colour Inch mm PS88 Screwdriver Set for Slotted Screws - Inch Size consists of: P3321* Screwdriver, Midget 3/32" (2,38 mm) 3 1/ 2 89 green P181* Screwdriver, Midget 1/8" (3,18 mm) 3 1/ 2 89 red P5321* Screwdriver, Midget 5/32" (3,97 mm) 3 1/ 2 89 black P3161* Screwdriver, Midget 3/16" (4,76 mm) 3 1/ 2 89 orange P141 Screwdriver, Midget 1/8" (3,18 mm) 3 1/ 2 89 amber P0* Screwdriver, Philips Nr. 0 3 1/ 2 89 blue P1* Screwdriver, Philips Nr. 1 3 1/ 2 89 brown P2* Screwdriver, Philips Nr. 2 3 1/ 2 89 amber TA2* Torque amplifier handle black Screwdriver Set for Hex Socket Screws - Inch Size Order No. Description Length Inch mm PS89 Screwdriver Set for Hex Socket Screws - Inch Size consists of: P18* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 0,028" (0,71 mm) 3 1/ 2 89 P19* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 0,035" (0,89 mm) 3 1/ 2 89 P20* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 0,050" (1,27 mm) 3 1/ 2 89 P21* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 1/16" (1,59 mm) 3 1/ 2 89 P22* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 5/64" (1,98 mm) 3 1/ 2 89 P23* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 3/32" (2,38 mm) 3 1/ 2 89 P764* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 7/64" (2,78 mm) 3 1/ 2 89 P24* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 1/8" (3,18 mm) 3 1/ 2 89 TA2* Torque amplifier handle, black *Discontinued 329 Screwdriver & Nutdriver Sets Compact Convertible Hex Socket Srewdriver Set - Metric Size Order No. Description Length Inch mm PS90MM Compact Convertible Hex Socket Srewdriver Set - Metric Size consists of: P71* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 1,27 mm 3 1/ 2 89 P72* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 1,5 mm 3 1/ 2 89 P73* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 0,89 mm 3 1/ 2 89 P74* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 2,5 mm 3 1/ 2 89 P75* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 3 mm 3 1/ 2 89 P76* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 4 mm 3 1/ 2 89 P77* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 5 mm 3 1/ 2 89 P78* Screwdriver, Midget, Hex, 0,89 mm 3 1/ 2 89 TA2* Torque amplifier handle, black Nutdriver Set - Inch Sizes Order No. Description Length Inch mm PS120 Nutdriver Set - Inch Size consists of: P3* Nutdriver, Midget, 3/32" (2,38 mm) 3 1/2 89 P4* Nutdriver, Midget, 1/18" (3,18 mm) 3 1/2 89 P5* Nutdriver, Midget, 5/32" (3,97 mm) 3 1/2 89 P6* Nutdriver, Midget, 3/16" (4,76 mm) 3 1/2 89 P7* Nutdriver, Midget, 7/32" (5,56 mm) 3 1/2 89 P8* Nutdriver, Midget, 1/4" (6,35 mm) 3 1/2 89 P9* Nutdriver, Midget, 9/32" (7,14 mm) 3 1/2 89 P10* Nutdriver, Midget, 5/16" (7,94 mm) 3 1/2 89 P11* Nutdriver, Midget, 11/32" (8,73 mm) 3 1/2 89 P12* Nutdriver, Midget, 3/8" (9,53 mm) 3 1/2 89 TA2* Torque amplifier handle *Discontinued 330 Colour blue red amber black brown rred orange amber green blue black Compact Convertible Nutdriver Set - Metric Sizes Order No. Description Length Inch mm PS121MM Compact Convertible Nutdriver Set - Metric Size consists of: P3MM* Nutdriver, Midget, 3 mm (0,118") 3 1/ 2 89 P35MM* Nutdriver, Midget, 3,5 mm (0,138") 3 1/ 2 89 P4MM* Nutdriver, Midget, 4 mm (0,157") 3 1/ 2 89 P45MM* Nutdriver, Midget, 4,5 mm (0,177") 3 1/ 2 89 P5MM* Nutdriver, Midget, 5 mm (0,197") 3 1/ 2 89 P55MM* Nutdriver, Midget, 5,5 mm (0,217") 3 1/ 2 89 P6MM* Nutdriver, Midget, 6 mm (0,236") 3 1/ 2 89 P7MM* Nutdriver, Midget, 7 mm (0,276") 3 1/ 2 89 P8MM Nutdriver, Midget, 8 mm (0,315") 3 1/ 2 89 P10MM Nutdriver, Midget, 10 mm (0,394") 3 1/ 2 89 TA2* Torque amplifier handle, black *Discontinued 331 Series 99 Service Kits & Sets Order No. Description 99MP consists of: 991X 994 99X5 99820 99821 99822 996 997 998 998M 999 9910 9911 9912 9914 9916 9920 9921 9922 9923 99764 9924 99964 9925 9926 9961 9962 9963 9964 9965 9966 9967 9968 9969 99125 99811 99250 99312 9938 Multi-purpose Tool Kit, Roll Kit 332 Regular Handle T-Handle Extension, 4" Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No. 0 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No. 1 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No. 2 Blade, Nutdriver, 3/16" Blade, Nutdriver, 7/32" Blade, Nutdriver, 1/4" Blade, Nutdriver, magnetic, 1/4" Blade, Nutdriver, 9/32" Blade, Nutdriver, 5/16" Blade, Nutdriver, 11/32" Blade, Nutdriver, 3/8" Blade, Nutdriver, 7/16" Blade, Nutdriver, 1/2" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 0,050" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1/16" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5/64" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3/32" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 7/64" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1/8" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 9/64" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5/32" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3/16" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,048" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,060" Blade, Bristol 4-flute Multiple Spline, 0,069" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,072" Blade, Bristol 4-flute Multiple Spline, 0,076" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,096" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,111" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,145" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,183" Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 1/8" Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 3/16" Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 1/4" Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 5/16" Reamer, 1/8" x 3/8" Order No. Description 99SPC consists of: E1 X1 T1 R1 99820 99821 9910XTD 9915XTD 996 998 99811 Personal Computer Repair Kit Order No. Description 99PS40 consists of: 991X 99X5 9920 9921 9922 9923 99764 9924 99964 9925 9926 Allen Hex Type Screwdriver Set - Inch Size IC-Inserter IC-Extractor Tweezer Gripping Tool Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No. 0 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No. 1 Torx Blade No. 10 Torx Blade No. 15 Blade, Nutdriver, 3/16" Blade, Nutdriver, 1/4" Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 3/16" Regular Handle Extension 4" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 0,050" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1/16" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5/64" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3/32" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 7/64" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1/8" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 9/64" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5/32" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3/16" 333 Series 99 Service Kits & Sets Order No. Description 99PS41MM consists of: 991X 99X5 9971MM 9972MM 9973MM 9974MM 9975MM 9976MM 9977MM Allen Hex Type Screwdriver Set - Metric Size Regular Handle Extension 4" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1,27 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1,5 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 2 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 2,5 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 4 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5 mm Order No. Description 99PS40BP consists of: 991X 99X5 9920BP 9921BP 9922BP 9923BP 99764BP 9924BP 99964BP 9925BP 9926BP Innensechskant-Screwdriversatz mit Kugelspitzen - Zollabmessung 334 Faustgriff Verlangerung, 102 mm Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 0,05" Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 1/16" Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 5/64" Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 3/32" Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 7/64" Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 1/8" Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 9/64" Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 5/32" Innensechskant-Screwdriver mit Kugelspitze, 3/16" Order No. Description 99PS41MMBP consists of: 991X 99X5 9971MMBP 9972MMBP 9973MMBP 9974MMBP 9975MMBP 9976MMBP 9977MMBP Ballpoint Allen Hex Socket Type Screwdriver Set - Metric Size Regular Handle Extension 4" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, Ballpoint, 1,27 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, Ballpoint, 1,5 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, Ballpoint, 2 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, Ballpoint, 2,5 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, Ballpoint, 3 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, Ballpoint, 4 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, Ballpoint, 5 mm Order No. Description 99PS50 consists of: 991X 99X5 99821 99822 996 997 998 999 9910 9911 9912 99811 99250 Screwdriver & Nutdriver Set Regular Handle Extension 4" Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No. 0 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No. 1 Blade, Nutdriver, 3/16" Blade, Nutdriver, 7/32" Blade, Nutdriver, 1/4" Blade, Nutdriver, 9/32" Blade, Nutdriver, 5/16" Blade, Nutdriver, 11/32" Blade, Nutdriver, 3/8" Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 3/16" Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 1/4" 335 Series 99 Service Kits & Sets Order No. Description 99PS51MM consists of: 991X 99X5 994MM 9945MM 995MM 9955MM 996MM 997MM 998MM 999MM 9910MM 9911MM Interchangeable Shank, Nutdriver Set - Metric Size Regular Handle Extension 4" Blade, Nutdriver, 4 mm Blade, Nutdriver, 4,5 mm Blade, Nutdriver, 5 mm Blade, Nutdriver, 5,5 mm Blade, Nutdriver, 6 mm Blade, Nutdriver, 7 mm Blade, Nutdriver, 8 mm Blade, Nutdriver, 9 mm Blade, Nutdriver, 10 mm Blade, Nutdriver, 11 mm Order No. Description 99PS60 consists of: 991X 99X5 9961 9962 9963 9964 9965 9966 9967 9968 9969 Bristol Multiple Spline Socket Screwdriver Set 336 Regular Handle Extension 4" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,048" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,060" Blade, Bristol 4-flute Multiple Spline, 0,069" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,072" Blade, Bristol 4-flute Multiple Spline, 0,076" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,096" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,111" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,145" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,183" Order No. Description 99XTD7 consists of: 991X 9910XTD 9915XTD 9920XTD 9925XTD 9927XTD 9930XTD Torx Screwdriver Tool Set Regular Handle Torx Blade No. 10 Torx Blade No. 15 Torx Blade No. 20 Torx Blade No. 25 Torx Blade No. 27 Torx Blade No. 30 Single Tools for Service Kits and Set Order No. Description 99831 99832 996XTD 998XTD Screwdriver, Pozidriv No. 1 Screwdriver, Pozidriv No. 2 Torx Blade No. 6 Torx Blade No. 8 337 Tool Cases Final appearance may vary Order No. T0044130000 consists of: 991X 994R 99X5 9971MM 9972MM 9973MM 9974MM 9975MM 9976MM 9977MM 994MM 9945MM 995MM 9955MM 996MM 997MM 998MM 999MM 99820 99821 99822 99811 338 Description Order No. Description 99250 99312 9938 Erop330 542E 543E 2211P 170M 812N 612N 86CG SX101 SX102 XST101 0056103699 0051304199 XL75 103S 0016100402 AC16C 0054002599 0060403504 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 1/4" Blade, Screwdriver Slotted, 5/16" Reamer, 1/8" x 3/8" Tip Cutter, 130 mm, 40 Flat Nose Plier Round Nose Plier Needle Nose Plier Shearcutter, red handles Side Cutter Side Cutter Snip electronic Phillips Screwdriver, Stubby No.1 Phillips Screwdriver, Stubby No.2 Phillips Screwdriver, Super-tru-tip No.1 Soldering Iron W61, 60W DS7N Desoldering head for W 61 Offset Ratches, Screwdriver Set Wire Stripper & Cutter, Cam Stop Adjustable Hand File Cut 2, 100 mm Wrench, 150 mm RL 60/40 - 100 solder Y35CM Ultralock, Measuring Tape 5 m TCE150ST Tool Case synthetic material with special tools out of Apex Tools product lines - Metric Size Regular Handle T-Ratching Handle Extension 4" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex, 1,27 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex, 1,5 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex, 2 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex, 2,5 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex, 3 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex, 4 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex, 5 mm Blade, Nutdriver, 4 mm Blade, Nutdriver, 4,5 mm Blade, Nutdriver, 5 mm Blade, Nutdriver, 5,5 mm Blade, Nutdriver, 6 mm Blade, Nutdriver, 7 mm Blade, Nutdriver, 8 mm Blade, Nutdriver, 9 mm Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.0 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.1 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.2 Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 3/16" Order No. Description TC100ST consists of: 991X 991R 994R 99X5 99X10 9961 9962 9963 9964 9965 9966 9967 9968 9969 9920 9921 9922 9923 99764 9924 99964 9925 9926 99125 99811 99250 99312 99820 99821 99822 9938 42H 46CG 50CG 51CG 53CG 54CG 66CG Order No. Description Tool Case with USA Standard Assortment - Inch Size Regular Handle Ratching Handle T-Ratching Handle Extension 4" Extension 7" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,048" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,060" Blade, Bristol 4-flute Multiple Spline, 0,069" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,072" Blade, Bristol 4-flute Multiple Spline, 0,076" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,096" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,111" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,145" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,183" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 0,050" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1/16" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5/64" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3/32" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 7/64" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1/8" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 9/64" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5/32" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3/16" Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 1/8" Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 3/16" Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 1/4" Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 5/16" Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.0 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.1 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.2 Reamer, 1/8" x 3/8" Seizer, Straight Nose, Serrated jaw Wrench, adjustable, 6" Plier, adjustable, 6" Plier, Long Nose, 7" Plier, adjustable, 4" Plier, diagonal, 4" Plier, diagonal, 6" 57CG 59CG 86CG 103S M60 XL75 600 SB1 R3323 R181 R184 R3164 R3166 R144 R146 SX101 XST100 XST101 XST102 S3161 S5161 S388 S5166 P18 P19 HS6 HS8 HS10 HS11 HS12 HS14 HS16 HS18 998M 9910M PS120 Plier, Needle Nose, 16" Plier, Special Purpose, 8" Electronic Snip, cushion grip, 6,5" Wire Stripper & Cutter, Cam Stop Adjustable Mini Screwdriver Set (7 pcs.) Offset Ratches, Screwdriver Set 4-way Pocket Tool Screwdriver/Nutdriver Convertible Blade Screwdriver, Round Blade, Pocket Clip Style, 3/32" x 3" Screwdriver, Round Blade, Pocket Clip Style, 1/8" x 2" Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 1/8" x 2" Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 3/16" x 4" Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 3/16" x 6" Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 1/4" x 4" Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 1/4" x 6" Screwdriver, Phillips, Stubby No.1 Screwdriver, Phillips, Super-tru-tip No.0 Screwdriver, Phillips, Super-tru-tip No.1 Screwdriver, Phillips, Super-tru-tip No.2 Screwdriver, Square Blade, Stubby, 3/8" Screwdriver, Square Blade, Stubby, 5/16" Screwdriver, Square Blade, Regular, 3/8" Screwdriver, Square Blade, Regular, 5/16" Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 0,028" Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 0,035" Nutdriver, Hollow, 3/16" Nutdriver, Hollow, 1/4" Nutdriver, Hollow, 5/16" Nutdriver, Hollow, 11/32" Nutdriver, Hollow, 3/8" Nutdriver, Hollow, 7/16" Nutdriver, Hollow, 1/2" Nutdriver, Hollow, 9/16" Blade, Nutdriver, 1/4", magnetic Blade, Nutdriver, 5/16", magnetic Nutdriver Set 339 Tool Cases Order No. Description TCMB100ST consists of: 991X 991R 994R 99X5 99X10 9961 9962 9963 9964 9965 9966 9967 9968 9969 9920 9921 9922 9923 99764 9924 99964 9925 9926 99125 99811 99250 99312 99820 99821 99822 9938 42H 46CG 50CG 51CG 53CG 54CG 66CG 57CG Tool Case with Tools - Inch Size 340 Regular Handle Ratching Handle T-Ratching Handle Extension 4" Extension 7" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,048" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,060" Blade, Bristol 4-flute Multiple Spline, 0,069" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,072" Blade, Bristol 4-flute Multiple Spline, 0,076" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,096" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,111" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,145" Blade, Bristol 6-flute Multiple Spline, 0,183" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 0,050" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1/16" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5/64" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3/32" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 7/64" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 1/8" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 9/64" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 5/32" Blade, Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 3/16" Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 1/8" Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 3/16" Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 1/4" Blade, Screwdriver, Slotted, 5/16" Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.0 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.1 Blade, Screwdriver, Phillips No.2 Reamer 1/8" x 3/8" Seizer, Straight Nose, Serrated jaw Wrench, adjustable, 6" Plier, adjustable, 6" Plier, Long Nose, 7" Plier, adjustable, 4" Plier, diagonal, 4" Plier, diagonal, 6" Plier, Needle-Nose, 16" Order No. 59CG 86CG 103S K22 M60 XL75 600 SB1 R3323 R181 R184 R5325 R3164 R3166 R144 R146 SX101 XST100 XST101 XST102 S3161 S5161 S388 S5166 P18 P19 HS6 HS8 HS10 HS11 HS12 HS14 HS16 HS18 998M 9910M PS120 Description Plier, Special Purpose, 8" Electronic Snip, cushion grip, 6,5" Wire Stripper & Cutter, Cam Stop Adjustable Electricians knife Mini Screwdriver Set (7 pcs.) Offset Ratches, Screwdriver Set 4-way Pocket Tool Screwdriver/Nutdriver Convertible Blade Screwdriver, Round Blade, Pocket Clip Style, 3/32" x 3" Screwdriver, Round Blade, Pocket Clip Style, 1/8" x 2" Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 1/8" x 2" Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 5/32" Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 3/16" x 4" Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 3/16" x 6" Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 1/4" x 4" Screwdriver, Round Blade, Regular, 1/4" x 6" Screwdriver, Phillips, Stubby No.1 Screwdriver, Phillips, Super-tru-tip No.0 Screwdriver, Phillips, Super-tru-tip No.1 Screwdriver, Phillips, Super-tru-tip No.2 Screwdriver, Square Blade, Stubby, 3/8" Screwdriver, Square Blade, Stubby, 5/16" Screwdriver, Square Blade, Regular, 3/8" Screwdriver, Square Blade, Regular, 5/16" Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 0,028" Screwdriver, Allen Hex Type, 0,035" Nutdriver, Hollow, 3/16" Nutdriver, Hollow, 1/4" Nutdriver, Hollow, 5/16" Nutdriver, Hollow, 11/32" Nutdriver, Hollow, 3/8" Nutdriver, Hollow, 7/16" Nutdriver, Hollow, 1/2" Nutdriver, Hollow, 9/16" Blade, Nutdriver, 1/4", magnetic Blade, Nutdriver, 5/16", magnetic Nutdriver Set Specials Offset Ratchet Screwdriver Set Order No. Description XL70 consists of: XL3 XL4 XL5 XL6 XL7 XL8 XL9 XL10 XL12 XL14 XL16 XL17 XL18 XL20 XL21 XL24 XL25 XL27 XL50X Offset Ratchet Screwdriver Set Allen Hex Screw Bit 0,050" (1,27 mm) Allen Hex Screw Bit 1/16" (1,54 mm) Allen Hex Screw Bit 5/64" (1,98 mm) Allen Hex Screw Bit 3/32" (2,38 mm) Allen Hex Screw Bit 7/64" (1,54 mm) Allen Hex Screw Bit 1/8" (3,17 mm) Allen Hex Screw Bit 9/64" (3,57 mm) Allen Hex Screw Bit 5/32" (3,97 mm) Allen Hex Screw Bit 3/16" (4,76 mm) Allen Hex Screw Bit 7/32" (5,56 mm) Allen Hex Screw Bit 1/4" (6 mm) Slotted Screw Bit 1/4" (6 mm) Allen Hex Screw Bit 5/16" (7,94 mm) Phillips Screw Bit No. 1 Phillips Screw Bit No. 2 Adapter bit Slotted Screw Bit 3/16" (4,76 mm) Offset Ratchet, reversible Screwdriver Extension 341 GERMAN Y Weller Tools GmbH Carl-Benz-Strae 2, 74354 Besigheim Tel.: +49 (0) 7143 580-0, Fax: +49 (0) 7143 580-108 ITALY Apex Tool S.r.l. Viale Europa 80, 20090 Cusago (MI) Tel: +39 (02) 9033101, Fax: +39 (02) 90394231 CANADA Apex Tools - Canada 164 Innisfil Street, Barrie Ontario, Canada L4N 3E7 Tel: +1 (705) 728 5564, Fax: +1 (800) 403 8665 GREAT BRITAIN Apex Tool UK Limited 4th Floor Pennine House, Washington, Tyne & Wear, NE37 1LY Tel: +44 (0191) 419 7700, Fax: +44 (0191) 417 9421 SWI TZERLAND Apex Tool Switzerland Sarl Rue de la Roseliere 8, 1400 Yverdon-les-Bains Tel: +41 (024) 426 12 06, Fax: +41 (024) 425 09 77 CHINA Apex Tool Group A-8 building, No. 38 Dongsheng Road, Heqing Industrial Park, Pudong Shanghai PRC 201201 Tel: + 86 (21) 60880288, Fax: +86 (21) 60880289 FRANCE Apex Tool Group S.A.S. 25 Avenue Maurice Chevalier B.P. 46, 77832 Ozoir-la-Ferriere Cedex Tel: +33 (0) 160.18.55.40, Fax: +44 (0) 164 64.40.33.05 USA Apex Tool Group, LLC 14600 York Rd. Suite A Sparks, MD 21152 Tel.: +1 (800) 688-8949, Fax: +1 (800) 234-0472 AUSTRALIA Apex Tools P.O. Box 366, 519 Nurigong Street, Albury, N.S.W. 2640, Australia Tel: +61 (2) 6058-0300, Fax: +61 (2) 6021-7403 www.weller-tools.com (c) 2012 Apex Tool Group, LLC.